TW201921162A - Substrate Processing Device, Device Manufacturing System And Device Manufacturing Method - Google Patents
Substrate Processing Device, Device Manufacturing System And Device Manufacturing Method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201921162A TW201921162A TW107144809A TW107144809A TW201921162A TW 201921162 A TW201921162 A TW 201921162A TW 107144809 A TW107144809 A TW 107144809A TW 107144809 A TW107144809 A TW 107144809A TW 201921162 A TW201921162 A TW 201921162A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- projection
- illumination
- substrate
- optical system
- plane
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/70216—Mask projection systems
- G03F7/70241—Optical aspects of refractive lens systems, i.e. comprising only refractive elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B13/00—Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below
- G02B13/22—Telecentric objectives or lens systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B13/00—Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below
- G02B13/24—Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below for reproducing or copying at short object distances
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B17/00—Systems with reflecting surfaces, with or without refracting elements
- G02B17/008—Systems specially adapted to form image relays or chained systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B17/00—Systems with reflecting surfaces, with or without refracting elements
- G02B17/08—Catadioptric systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B17/00—Systems with reflecting surfaces, with or without refracting elements
- G02B17/08—Catadioptric systems
- G02B17/0804—Catadioptric systems using two curved mirrors
- G02B17/0812—Catadioptric systems using two curved mirrors off-axis or unobscured systems in which all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/24—Curved surfaces
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Lenses (AREA)
- Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本發明係關於基板處理裝置、元件製造系統、以及元件製造方法。 The present invention relates to a substrate processing apparatus, a component manufacturing system, and a component manufacturing method.
本申請案根據2011年12月20日申請之日本特願2011-278290號及2012年2月7日申請之日本特願2012-024058號主張優先權,將其內容援用於此。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-278290 filed on December 20, 2011 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-024058 filed on February 7, 2012, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
曝光裝置等基板處理裝置,例如下述之專利文獻1所記載,利用於各種元件之製造。基板處理裝置,能將配置於照明區域之光罩M上所形成之圖案之像投影於配置在投影區域之基板等。用於基板處理裝置之光罩M有平面狀者、圓筒狀者。 A substrate processing apparatus such as an exposure apparatus is described in Patent Document 1 described below, and is used for manufacturing various elements. The substrate processing apparatus can project an image of a pattern formed on the mask M disposed in the illumination area onto a substrate disposed in the projection area or the like. The mask M used for the substrate processing apparatus includes a planar shape and a cylindrical shape.
又,作為製造元件之手法之一,已知有例如下述之專利文獻2所記載之捲對捲(roll to roll)方式。捲對捲方式,係一邊從送出用捲筒往回收用捲筒搬送膜等基板,一邊在搬送路徑上對基板進行各種處理之方式。基板有時會例如在搬送滾筒之間等以實質上平面之狀態被施以處理。又,基板亦有例如在滾筒表面上等以彎曲之狀態被施以處理之情形。 In addition, as one of the methods of manufacturing an element, for example, a roll-to-roll method described in Patent Document 2 described below is known. The roll-to-roll method is a method in which various substrates are processed on a transport path while a substrate such as a film is transported from a roll for delivery to a roll for recycling. The substrate may be processed in a substantially flat state, for example, between transfer rollers. In addition, the substrate may be processed in a curved state, for example, on a roller surface.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2007-299918號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-299918
[專利文獻2]國際公開第2008/129819號 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2008/129819
如上述之基板處理裝置(曝光裝置),在例如光罩上之照明區域與基板上之投影區域之一方或雙方以既定曲率彎曲之情形,若考量用於曝光之投影光學系之成像性能,則特別是會在成像光束之主光線之設定上產生限制。例如,試假定將形成於半徑R之圓筒狀旋轉光罩之外周圓筒面之光罩圖案藉由投影光學系成像投影於捲繞在半徑R之圓筒旋轉捲筒(滾筒)之基板(膜、片、網等)表面之情形。此情形下,一般而言,只要設置從光罩圖案(圓筒面狀)至基板表面(圓筒面狀)之成像光束之主光線會形成將圓筒狀旋轉光罩之旋轉中心軸與圓筒旋轉捲筒之旋轉中心軸直線連結之光路之投影光學系即可。 As in the above substrate processing apparatus (exposure device), for example, in the case where one or both of the illumination area on the reticle and the projection area on the substrate are bent with a predetermined curvature, if the imaging performance of the projection optical system used for exposure is considered, In particular, there are restrictions on the setting of the main ray of the imaging beam. For example, it is assumed that a mask pattern formed on the outer cylindrical surface of a cylindrical rotating mask with a radius R is projected by a projection optical system onto a substrate ( Film, sheet, net, etc.). In this case, in general, as long as the main rays of the imaging beam from the mask pattern (cylindrical surface) to the substrate surface (cylindrical surface) are set, the rotation center axis and the circle of the cylindrical rotating mask are formed. The projection optical system of the optical path in which the rotation center axis of the drum rotation reel is linearly connected may be sufficient.
然而,當在圓筒狀旋轉光罩之旋轉軸方向,光罩圖案之尺寸較大之情形,有時需將此種投影光學系於旋轉軸之方向設置複數個而多數化。此種多數化之情形,即使將複數個投影光學系於旋轉軸之方向緊密地排成一列,各投影光學系之投影視野(投影區域)彼此必定會分離鏡筒等金屬物之厚度,如此已無法將大光罩圖案忠實地曝光。 However, when the size of the mask pattern is large in the direction of the rotation axis of the cylindrical rotating mask, it is sometimes necessary to provide a plurality of such projection optical systems in the direction of the rotation axis. In such a multitude, even if a plurality of projection optics are closely aligned in the direction of the rotation axis, the projection fields of view (projection areas) of each projection optics will necessarily separate the thickness of metal objects such as the lens barrel, The large mask pattern cannot be faithfully exposed.
又,如上述之基板處理裝置在例如裝置之構成複雜時,則有可能有裝置成本提高、裝置尺寸變大型之情形。其結果,有可能使元件之製造成本提高。 When the substrate processing apparatus described above is complicated, for example, the device cost may increase and the device size may increase. As a result, it is possible to increase the manufacturing cost of the device.
例如,當必須施以精密圖案化時,作為基板處理裝置,係使用照明描繪有電子元件或顯示元件之圖案之光罩、並將來自光罩之圖案之光投影曝光於形成有感光層(光阻等)之基板上之曝光裝置。在藉由捲對捲方式將光罩之圖案反覆曝光於連續搬送之可撓性長條基板(膜、片、網等)之情形,若亦使用以長條基板之搬送方向作為掃描方向、採用圓筒狀旋轉光罩作為光罩之掃描型曝光裝置,則可期待生產性跳躍性地提高。 For example, when precise patterning must be applied, as a substrate processing device, a photomask that is illuminated with a pattern of an electronic element or a display element is used, and the light from the pattern of the photomask is projected and exposed on a photosensitive layer (light Resistance, etc.) on the substrate. In the case where the pattern of the photomask is repeatedly exposed to a flexible long substrate (film, sheet, net, etc.) that is continuously conveyed by a roll-to-roll method, if the transport direction of the long substrate is also used as the scanning direction, A scanning exposure device in which a cylindrical rotating photomask is used as a photomask can expect a dramatic improvement in productivity.
此種旋轉光罩,有於玻璃等透明圓筒體外周面以遮光層形成有圖案之透射方式與於金屬性圓筒體(亦可為圓柱體)之外周面以反射部與吸收部形 成有圖案之反射方式。透射型之圓筒光罩,必須於該圓筒光罩內部組裝用以照射朝向外周面之圖案之照明光之照明光學系(反射鏡、透鏡等光學構件),難以將旋轉軸通過圓筒光罩之內部中心,而亦有圓筒光罩之保持構造或旋轉驅動系之構成變得複雜之情形。 This rotating photomask has a transmission method in which a pattern is formed on the outer peripheral surface of a transparent cylinder such as glass by a light-shielding layer, and a reflective portion and an absorbing portion are formed on the outer peripheral surface of a metallic cylindrical body (also a cylinder). Pattern of reflection. A transmissive cylindrical reticle must be equipped with an illumination optical system (optical members such as mirrors and lenses) for illuminating the illuminating light with a pattern facing the outer peripheral surface inside the cylindrical reticle. It is difficult to pass the rotation axis through the cylindrical light. The inner center of the mask may be complicated by the holding structure of the cylindrical mask or the structure of the rotary drive system.
另一方面,反射型之圓筒光罩之情形,由於能使用金屬製之圓筒體(或圓柱體),因此雖能廉價地作成光罩,但必須於圓筒光罩之外周空間設置照射曝光用之照明光之照明光學系與將來自形成於外周面之圖案之反射光往基板投影之投影光學系,而有為了滿足被要求之解像力或轉印忠實度等之曝光裝置側之構成變得複雜之情形。 On the other hand, in the case of a reflective cylindrical photomask, a metal cylindrical body (or cylinder) can be used. Therefore, although a photomask can be inexpensively manufactured, it is necessary to provide irradiation in the outer space of the cylindrical photomask. The illuminating optical system of the illuminating light for exposure and the projection optical system for projecting the reflected light from the pattern formed on the outer surface onto the substrate are subject to change in the configuration of the exposure device side in order to satisfy the required resolution, transfer fidelity, etc. Get complicated situations.
本發明之態樣,其目的在於提供一種基板處理裝置,搭載有即使光罩或基板(膜、片、網等可撓性基板)之一方或雙方配置成圓筒面狀亦能將較大光罩圖案忠實地曝光所使用的投影光學系。其他目的,為提供能將較大光罩圖案忠實地曝光之元件製造系統及元件製造方法。 An aspect of the present invention is to provide a substrate processing apparatus equipped with a large light even if one or both of a photomask or a substrate (a flexible substrate such as a film, a sheet, or a net) are arranged in a cylindrical shape. The mask pattern faithfully exposes the projection optical system used. Another object is to provide a device manufacturing system and a device manufacturing method capable of faithfully exposing a large mask pattern.
又,其他目的為提供能將裝置之構成簡化之基板處理裝置。又,其他目的為能提供能減低製造成本之元件製造系統及元件製造方法。 Another object is to provide a substrate processing apparatus capable of simplifying the configuration of the apparatus. Another object is to provide a component manufacturing system and a component manufacturing method capable of reducing manufacturing costs.
依據本發明之一態樣,提供一種基板處理裝置,具備:投影光學系,係將來自第1物體(光罩)上之照明區域之光束投射於第2物體(基板)上之投影區域;第1支承構件,以在照明區域與投影區域中之一方區域中沿著以既定曲率彎曲成圓筒狀之第1面之方式支承第1物體與第2物體中之一方;以及第2支承構件,以在照明區域與投影區域中之另一方區域中沿著既定第2面之方式支承第1物體與第2物體中之另一方;投影光學系具備偏向構件,該偏向構件係以從照明區域至投影區域之成像光束之主光線中第1面與投影光學系間之主光線朝向第1面之徑方向中與第2面為非垂直之徑方向之方式使成像光束傳播。 According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a substrate processing apparatus including: a projection optical system for projecting a light beam from an illumination area on a first object (photomask) onto a projection area on a second object (substrate); (1) a supporting member for supporting one of the first object and the second object along one of the first and second surfaces curved in a cylindrical shape with a predetermined curvature in one of the illumination area and the projection area; and the second supporting member, The other of the first object and the second object is supported along the predetermined second surface in the other one of the illumination area and the projection area; the projection optical system includes a deflection member that extends from the illumination area to The imaging beam is propagated in such a way that the principal rays between the first surface of the imaging beam of the projection area and the principal ray between the projection optical system are directed in a direction that is not perpendicular to the second surface in the radial direction of the first surface.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種元件製造系統,具備上述態樣之基板處理裝置。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a component manufacturing system is provided, including the substrate processing apparatus of the above aspect.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種元件製造方法,包含:藉由上述態樣之基板處理裝置使第2物體曝光;以及藉由處理曝光後之第2物體來形成第1物體之圖案。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a component manufacturing method is provided, including: exposing a second object by the substrate processing apparatus of the above aspect; and forming a pattern of the first object by processing the second object after exposure.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種基板處理裝置,係將反射性之光罩圖案之像投影曝光於感應基板上,其具備:光罩保持構件,保持光罩圖案;投影光學系,將從設定於光罩圖案上一部分之照明區域產生之反射光束往感應基板投射,藉此將光罩圖案一部分之像成像於感應基板;光學構件,包含:為了對照明區域進行落斜照明而配置於投影光學系之光路內、使往照明區域之照明光與從照明區域產生之反射光束中之一方通過之部分與使另一方反射之部分;以及照明光學系,生成作為照明光之源之光源像,經由投影光學系之一部分光路與光學構件使來自光源像之照明光往照明區域,且將與光源像在光學上共軛之共軛面形成於光學構件之反射部分或通過部分之位置或近旁。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a substrate processing apparatus is provided, which projects and exposes an image of a reflective mask pattern onto a sensing substrate, and includes: a mask holding member to hold the mask pattern; and a projection optical system, which will be set from A reflected light beam generated in a part of the illumination region on the mask pattern is projected onto the sensing substrate, thereby imaging an image of a part of the mask pattern on the sensing substrate; an optical member includes: disposed on the projection optics for oblique illumination of the illumination region In the optical path of the system, the part that passes one of the illumination light to the illumination area and the reflected light beam generated from the illumination area and the part that reflects the other; and the illumination optical system, which generates a light source image that is the source of the illumination light. A part of the light path and the optical member of the projection optical system makes the illumination light from the light source image go to the illumination area, and a conjugate surface optically conjugated with the light source image is formed at or near the reflective portion or the passing portion of the optical member.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種基板處理裝置,係將反射性之光罩圖案之像投影曝光於感應基板上,其具備:光罩保持構件,保持光罩圖案;投影光學系,將從設定於光罩圖案上一部分之照明區域產生之反射光束往感應基板投射,藉此將光罩圖案一部分之像成像於感應基板;光學構件,包含:為了對照明區域進行落斜照明而配置於投影光學系之光路內、使往照明區域之照明光與從照明區域產生之反射光束中之一方通過之部分與使另一方反射之部分;以及照明光學系,將作為照明光之源之複數個光源像規則地或亂數地形成於光學構件之反射部分或通過部分之位置或其近旁。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a substrate processing apparatus is provided, which projects and exposes an image of a reflective mask pattern onto a sensing substrate, and includes: a mask holding member to hold the mask pattern; and a projection optical system, which will be set from A reflected light beam generated in a part of the illumination region on the mask pattern is projected onto the sensing substrate, thereby imaging an image of a part of the mask pattern on the sensing substrate; an optical member includes: disposed on the projection optics for oblique illumination of the illumination region In the optical path of the system, the part that passes one of the illumination light to the illumination area and the reflected beam generated from the illumination area and the part that reflects the other; and the illumination optical system, which is a plurality of light source images that will be the source of the illumination light It is formed regularly or randomly at the position of or near the reflective portion or the passing portion of the optical member.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種元件製造系統,具備上述態樣之基板處理裝置。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a component manufacturing system is provided, including the substrate processing apparatus of the above aspect.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種元件製造方法,包含:藉由上述態樣之基板處理裝置使物體曝光;以及使曝光後之物體顯影。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a component manufacturing method is provided, including: exposing an object by the substrate processing apparatus of the above aspect; and developing the exposed object.
依據本發明其他態樣,提供一種元件製造方法,係將可撓性片狀基板連續地於長邊方向移送、同時於該片狀基板上形成元件用之圖案,其包含:使沿從第1中心線起為一定半徑之圓筒面形成有與元件之圖案對應之透射型或反射型之光罩圖案之圓筒光罩繞第1中心線旋轉;藉由具有從與第1中心線平行之第2中心線起為一定半徑之圓筒狀外周面之圓筒體,使片狀基板一部分彎曲並支承、同時將片狀基板移送於長條方向;藉由一組投影光學系將光罩圖案之投影像曝光於片狀基板,該一組投影光學系構成為相對包含第1中心線與第2中心線之中心面配置成大致對稱,且在以圓筒光罩之光罩圖案作為物面、將以圓筒體支承之片狀基板之表面作為像面時從物面往像面之成像光束之主光線中通過物面之主光線之延長線朝向第1中心線、通過像面之主光線之延長線朝向第2中心線。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a component manufacturing method is provided, which continuously transfers a flexible sheet substrate in a long side direction and simultaneously forms a pattern for the component on the sheet substrate, which includes: The cylindrical mask with a certain radius from the center line is formed with a cylindrical mask with a transmissive or reflective mask pattern corresponding to the pattern of the element to rotate around the first center line; The second center line is a cylindrical body with a cylindrical outer peripheral surface of a certain radius, which bends and supports a part of the sheet substrate, and at the same time moves the sheet substrate in a long direction; a mask pattern is formed by a set of projection optical systems The projection image is exposed on a sheet substrate. The set of projection optical systems is configured to be approximately symmetrical with respect to the center plane including the first center line and the second center line, and a mask pattern with a cylindrical mask is used as the object surface. When the surface of the sheet-shaped substrate supported by the cylindrical body is used as the image plane, the extension line of the main ray of the imaging beam from the object plane to the image plane passes through the object plane toward the first center line, and the main plane passing through the image plane The extension of the light is directed to the second Center line.
根據本發明之態樣,即使光罩與基板之一方或雙方為圓筒面狀之情形,亦能藉由具備小型之投影光學系之基板處理裝置(曝光裝置)忠實地曝光較大光罩圖案。又,根據本發明之態樣,能提供能忠實地曝光較大光罩圖案之元件製造系統及元件製造方法。 According to the aspect of the present invention, even if one or both of the mask and the substrate are cylindrical surfaces, a large mask pattern can be faithfully exposed by a substrate processing device (exposure device) having a small projection optical system. . Furthermore, according to aspects of the present invention, a device manufacturing system and a device manufacturing method capable of faithfully exposing a large mask pattern can be provided.
又,根據本發明之態樣,能提供能將裝置之構成簡化之基板處理裝置。又,根據本發明之態樣,能提供能減低製造成本之元件製造系統及元件製造方法。 Also, according to the aspect of the present invention, a substrate processing apparatus capable of simplifying the configuration of the apparatus can be provided. In addition, according to aspects of the present invention, a component manufacturing system and a component manufacturing method capable of reducing manufacturing costs can be provided.
1001‧‧‧元件製造系統 1001‧‧‧component manufacturing system
1009‧‧‧搬送裝置 1009‧‧‧Transportation device
1011‧‧‧基板處理裝置 1011‧‧‧Substrate processing device
1021‧‧‧第1捲筒構件 1021‧‧‧The first reel member
1022‧‧‧第2捲筒構件 1022‧‧‧Second reel member
1050‧‧‧第1偏向構件 1050‧‧‧The first deflection member
1057‧‧‧第2偏向構件 1057‧‧‧The second deflection member
1078‧‧‧光罩載台 1078‧‧‧Mask stage
1120‧‧‧第3偏向構件 1120‧‧‧3rd deflection member
1121‧‧‧第4偏向構件 1121‧‧‧4th deflection member
1132‧‧‧第7偏向構件 1132‧‧‧7th deflection member
1133‧‧‧第8偏向構件 1133‧‧‧8th deflection member
1136‧‧‧第9偏向構件 1136‧‧‧9th deflection member
1137‧‧‧第10偏向構件 1137‧‧‧10th deflection member
1140‧‧‧第11偏向構件 1140‧‧‧11th biasing member
1143‧‧‧第12偏向構件 1143‧‧‧12th deflection member
1151‧‧‧第13偏向構件 1151‧‧‧13th deflection member
1152‧‧‧第14偏向構件 1152‧‧‧14th deflection member
AX1001‧‧‧第1中心軸 AX1001‧‧‧1st central axis
AX1002‧‧‧第2中心軸 AX1002‧‧‧ 2nd central axis
D1001‧‧‧第1徑方向 D1001‧‧‧First diameter direction
D1002‧‧‧第2徑方向 D1002‧‧‧The second diameter direction
D1003‧‧‧第1法線方向 D1003‧‧‧1st normal direction
D1004‧‧‧第2法線方向 D1004‧‧‧ 2nd normal direction
DFx‧‧‧距離 DFx‧‧‧Distance
DMx‧‧‧周長 DMx‧‧‧ circumference
IR‧‧‧照明區域 IR‧‧‧ Illumination area
M‧‧‧光罩 M‧‧‧Photomask
P‧‧‧基板 P‧‧‧ substrate
PA‧‧‧投影區域 PA‧‧‧ Projection area
PL‧‧‧投影光學系 PL‧‧‧ Projection Optics
PL1001~PL1006‧‧‧投影模組 PL1001 ~ PL1006‧‧‧‧Projection Module
p1001‧‧‧第1面 p1001‧‧‧side 1
p1002‧‧‧第2面 p1002‧‧‧side 2
p1003‧‧‧中心面 p1003‧‧‧center plane
p1007‧‧‧中間像面 p1007‧‧‧ middle image plane
2001‧‧‧元件製造系統 2001‧‧‧component manufacturing system
2005‧‧‧上位控制裝置 2005‧‧‧ Higher-level control device
2013‧‧‧控制裝置 2013‧‧‧Control device
2014‧‧‧第1光學系 2014‧‧‧The first optical department
2015‧‧‧第2光學系 2015‧‧‧The Second Department of Optics
2020‧‧‧旋轉捲筒 2020‧‧‧Rotating reel
2030‧‧‧旋轉捲筒 2030‧‧‧Rotating reel
2040‧‧‧凹面鏡 2040‧‧‧Concave mirror
2094‧‧‧桿透鏡 2094‧‧‧ rod lens
U3‧‧‧處理裝置(基板處理裝置、曝光裝置) U3‧‧‧Processing device (substrate processing device, exposure device)
圖1係顯示第1實施形態之元件製造系統構成之圖。 FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the structure of a component manufacturing system according to the first embodiment.
圖2係顯示第1實施形態之基板處理裝置(曝光裝置)之整體構成之圖。 FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of a substrate processing apparatus (exposure apparatus) according to the first embodiment.
圖3係顯示圖2所示之曝光裝置之光罩保持裝置之構成之圖。 FIG. 3 is a view showing a configuration of a mask holding device of the exposure device shown in FIG. 2. FIG.
圖4係顯示圖2所示之曝光裝置之第1捲筒構件及照明光學系之構成之圖。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the configuration of a first reel member and an illumination optical system of the exposure apparatus shown in FIG. 2.
圖5係顯示圖2所示之曝光裝置之照明區域及投影區域之配置之圖。 FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the arrangement of the illumination area and the projection area of the exposure apparatus shown in FIG. 2.
圖6係顯示適用於圖2所示之曝光裝置之投影光學系之構成之圖。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system applied to the exposure apparatus shown in FIG. 2.
圖7係顯示第2實施形態之曝光裝置之整體構成之圖。 Fig. 7 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of an exposure apparatus according to a second embodiment.
圖8係顯示第3實施形態之曝光裝置之整體構成之圖。 Fig. 8 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of an exposure apparatus according to a third embodiment.
圖9係說明圖8所示之曝光裝置之照明區域之投影區域之位置關係條件之圖。 FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a positional relationship condition of a projection area of an illumination area of the exposure apparatus shown in FIG. 8.
圖10係顯示以圖9說明之條件隨圓筒光罩半徑變化之圖表。 FIG. 10 is a graph showing changes in the conditions explained with FIG. 9 as a function of the radius of the cylindrical mask.
圖11係顯示第4實施形態之曝光裝置之整體構成之圖。 Fig. 11 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of an exposure apparatus according to a fourth embodiment.
圖12係顯示第5實施形態之曝光裝置之落斜照明方式構成之圖。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the configuration of the oblique illumination method of the exposure apparatus according to the fifth embodiment.
圖13係顯示第6實施形態之投影光學系之構成之圖。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a sixth embodiment.
圖14係顯示將圖13所示之投影光學系複數化後之情形之構成之圖。 FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the structure of a case where the projection optical system shown in FIG. 13 is pluralized.
圖15係顯示從其他方向觀看圖14所示之複數化後之投影光學系之圖。 FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the pluralized projection optical system shown in FIG. 14 viewed from another direction.
圖16係顯示第7實施形態之投影光學系之構成之圖。 Fig. 16 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a seventh embodiment.
圖17係顯示第8實施形態之投影光學系之構成之圖。 Fig. 17 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to an eighth embodiment.
圖18係顯示第9實施形態之投影光學系之構成之圖。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a ninth embodiment.
圖19係顯示第10實施形態之投影光學系之構成之圖。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a tenth embodiment.
圖20係顯示第11實施形態之元件製造系統之構成之圖。 Fig. 20 is a diagram showing the structure of a component manufacturing system according to the eleventh embodiment.
圖21係顯示第11實施形態之基板處理裝置(曝光裝置)之構成之圖。 Fig. 21 is a diagram showing a configuration of a substrate processing apparatus (exposure apparatus) according to an eleventh embodiment.
圖22係顯示第11實施形態之光學構件之構成之圖。 Fig. 22 is a diagram showing the structure of an optical member according to the eleventh embodiment.
圖23係顯示從照明區域至投影區域之光路之示意圖。 FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a light path from an illumination area to a projection area.
圖24係顯示第11實施形態之光源裝置之構成例之圖。 Fig. 24 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a light source device according to the eleventh embodiment.
圖25係顯示第11實施形態之複眼透鏡陣列之構成例之圖。 Fig. 25 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a fly-eye lens array according to the eleventh embodiment.
圖26係顯示第11實施形態之照明光學系中之光闌之構成例之圖。 Fig. 26 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a diaphragm in the illumination optical system of the eleventh embodiment.
圖27係顯示第11實施形態之光學構件之構成例之圖。 Fig. 27 is a diagram showing a configuration example of an optical member according to the eleventh embodiment.
圖28係顯示第12實施形態之複眼透鏡陣列之構成例之圖。 Fig. 28 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a fly-eye lens array according to a twelfth embodiment.
圖29係顯示第13實施形態之複眼透鏡陣列之構成例之圖。 Fig. 29 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a fly-eye lens array according to a thirteenth embodiment.
圖30係顯示第14實施形態之複眼透鏡陣列之構成例之圖。 Fig. 30 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a fly-eye lens array according to a fourteenth embodiment.
圖31係顯示第15實施形態之光源像形成部之構成例之圖。 FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a light source image forming section of the fifteenth embodiment.
圖32A係顯示第16實施形態之照明光學系之構成例之圖。 Fig. 32A is a diagram showing a configuration example of an illumination optical system according to a sixteenth embodiment.
圖32B係顯示第16實施形態之照明光學系之構成例之圖。 32B is a diagram showing a configuration example of an illumination optical system according to a sixteenth embodiment.
圖33A係顯示第16實施形態之照明光學系各部之圖。 Fig. 33A is a diagram showing each part of the illumination optical system of the sixteenth embodiment.
圖33B係顯示第16實施形態之照明光學系各部之圖。 Fig. 33B is a diagram showing each part of the illumination optical system of the sixteenth embodiment.
圖33C係顯示第16實施形態之照明光學系各部之圖。 Fig. 33C is a diagram showing each part of the illumination optical system of the sixteenth embodiment.
圖34係顯示第17實施形態之基板處理裝置(曝光裝置)之構成之圖。 Fig. 34 is a diagram showing a configuration of a substrate processing apparatus (exposure apparatus) according to a seventeenth embodiment.
圖35係顯示第17實施形態之照明區域及投影區域之配置之圖。 Fig. 35 is a diagram showing the arrangement of an illumination area and a projection area in the seventeenth embodiment.
圖36係顯示第17實施形態之曝光裝置之構成例之圖。 Fig. 36 is a diagram showing a configuration example of an exposure apparatus according to a seventeenth embodiment.
圖37係顯示第18實施形態之投影光學系之構成例之圖。 Fig. 37 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a projection optical system according to an eighteenth embodiment.
圖38係顯示第19實施形態之投影光學系之構成例之圖。 Fig. 38 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a projection optical system according to a nineteenth embodiment.
圖39係顯示本實施形態之元件製造方法之流程圖。 Fig. 39 is a flowchart showing a method for manufacturing a device according to this embodiment.
圖1係顯示本實施形態之元件製造系統1001之構成的圖。圖1所示之元件製造系統1001,具備供應基板P之基板供應裝置1002、對藉由基板供應裝置1002供應之基板P執行既定處理之處理裝置1003、回收已藉由處理裝置1003被施以處理之基板P之基板回收裝置1004、以及控制元件製造系統1001之各部之上位控制裝置1005。 FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the configuration of a component manufacturing system 1001 according to this embodiment. The component manufacturing system 1001 shown in FIG. 1 includes a substrate supply device 1002 for supplying a substrate P, a processing device 1003 that performs a predetermined process on the substrate P supplied by the substrate supply device 1002, and the recycling has been performed by the processing device 1003 The substrate recovery device 1004 of the substrate P and the upper control device 1005 of each part of the control element manufacturing system 1001.
本實施形態中,基板P係如所謂可撓性基板等之具有可撓性(flexibility) 之(片)基板。本實施形態之元件製造系統1001,能藉由具有可撓性之基板P製造具有可撓性之元件。基板P例如被選擇為具有在元件製造系統1001彎曲時不會破斷之程度之可撓性。 In this embodiment, the substrate P is a (piece) substrate having flexibility, such as a so-called flexible substrate. The component manufacturing system 1001 of this embodiment can manufacture a flexible component from a flexible substrate P. The substrate P is selected, for example, to have a degree of flexibility that does not break when the element manufacturing system 1001 is bent.
此外,在元件製造時之基板P之可撓性,例如可依基板P之材質、大小、厚度等來調整,且可依元件製造時之濕度、溫度等環境條件等來調整。又,基板P亦可係如所謂硬質基板等之不具有可撓性之基板。又,基板P亦可係將可撓性基板與硬質基板組合而成之複合基板。 In addition, the flexibility of the substrate P at the time of element manufacturing can be adjusted, for example, according to the material, size, and thickness of the substrate P, and can be adjusted according to environmental conditions such as humidity and temperature at the time of element manufacturing. The substrate P may be a substrate having no flexibility such as a so-called rigid substrate. The substrate P may be a composite substrate in which a flexible substrate and a rigid substrate are combined.
具有可撓性之基板P,可使用例如樹脂薄膜、不鏽鋼等金屬或合金所構成之箔(foil)。樹脂薄膜之材質例如包含用聚乙烯樹脂、聚丙烯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、乙烯乙烯基共聚物樹脂、聚氯乙烯樹脂、纖維素樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、聚乙烯醇樹脂中之一或二以上。 As the flexible substrate P, a foil made of a metal or an alloy such as a resin film and stainless steel can be used. The material of the resin film includes, for example, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polyester resin, ethylene vinyl copolymer resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, cellulose resin, polyamide resin, polyimide resin, and polycarbonate resin. One or more of polystyrene resin and polyvinyl alcohol resin.
基板P例如熱膨脹係數等之特性被設定為可實質上忽視施加於基板P之各種處理步驟中所受之熱導致之變形量。基板P,例如能選定熱膨脹係數非顯著大者。熱膨脹係數,例如亦可藉由將無機填料混合於樹脂薄膜而設定成較與製程溫度等對應之臨限值小。無機填料,例如有氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鋁、氧化矽等。此外,基板P可以是以浮式法等製造之厚度100μm程度之極薄玻璃單體、或於該極薄玻璃貼合上述樹脂薄膜及鋁箔的積層體。 The characteristics of the substrate P, such as the coefficient of thermal expansion, are set so that the amount of deformation caused by the heat applied to the various processing steps applied to the substrate P can be substantially ignored. For the substrate P, for example, a non-significantly large thermal expansion coefficient can be selected. The thermal expansion coefficient can be set to be smaller than a threshold value corresponding to a process temperature and the like by mixing an inorganic filler with a resin film, for example. Examples of the inorganic filler include titanium oxide, zinc oxide, aluminum oxide, and silicon oxide. In addition, the substrate P may be an ultra-thin glass monomer having a thickness of about 100 μm produced by a float method or the like, or a laminated body in which the above-mentioned resin film and aluminum foil are bonded to the ultra-thin glass.
本實施形態中,基板P係所謂多面擷取用之基板。本實施形態之元件製造系統1001,係對基板P反覆執行用以製造一個元件之各種處理。被施以各種處理之基板P被分割(Dicing)成各元件,而成為複數個元件。基板P之尺寸,例如寬度方向(短邊方向)尺寸為1m~2m程度,長度方向(長邊方向)尺寸則為例如10m以上。 In the present embodiment, the substrate P is a substrate for so-called multi-face pickup. The component manufacturing system 1001 of this embodiment executes various processes for manufacturing one component repeatedly on the substrate P. The substrate P subjected to various processes is diced into individual elements, and becomes a plurality of elements. The size of the substrate P is, for example, about 1 m to 2 m in the width direction (short-side direction), and the length in the longitudinal direction (long-side direction) is, for example, 10 m or more.
此外,基板P之尺寸可視所製造之元件之尺寸等來適當設定。例如,基板P尺寸亦可係寬度方向尺寸為1m以下或2m以上,長邊方向尺寸亦可 為10m以下。又,當基板P係所謂多面擷取用之基板時,亦可係一片帶狀之基板,亦可係複數個基板連接而成之基板。又,元件製造系統1001亦可藉由依每一個元件獨立之基板來製造元件。此情形下,基板P亦可係相當於一個元件之尺寸之基板。 In addition, the size of the substrate P can be appropriately set depending on the size of the manufactured element and the like. For example, the size of the substrate P may be 1 m or less or 2 m or more in the width direction, and 10 m or less in the length direction. In addition, when the substrate P is a substrate for so-called multi-face pickup, it may be a strip-shaped substrate or a substrate formed by connecting a plurality of substrates. In addition, the component manufacturing system 1001 can also manufacture components by using a separate substrate for each component. In this case, the substrate P may be a substrate corresponding to the size of one element.
本實施形態之基板供應裝置1002,藉由送出捲於供應用捲軸1006之基板P,將基板P供應至處理裝置1003。基板供應裝置1002包含例如捲繞基板P之軸部、使此軸部旋轉之旋轉驅動部等。本實施形態中,基板P被往其長邊方向搬送,送往處理裝置1003。亦即,本實施形態中,基板P之搬送方向與基板P之長邊方向實質上相同。 The substrate supply device 1002 of this embodiment supplies the substrate P to the processing device 1003 by sending out the substrate P wound on the supply reel 1006. The substrate supply device 1002 includes, for example, a shaft portion around which the substrate P is wound, a rotation driving portion that rotates the shaft portion, and the like. In this embodiment, the substrate P is transported in the longitudinal direction, and is sent to the processing device 1003. That is, in this embodiment, the conveyance direction of the substrate P is substantially the same as the longitudinal direction of the substrate P.
此外,基板供應裝置1002亦可包含將捲於供應用捲軸1006之基板P覆蓋之罩部等。又,基板供應裝置1002亦可包含例如夾持式之驅動滾筒等將基板P往其長邊方向依序送出之機構。 In addition, the substrate supply device 1002 may include a cover portion or the like that covers the substrate P wound on the supply reel 1006. In addition, the substrate supply device 1002 may include, for example, a mechanism such as a clamp-type driving roller that sequentially sends out the substrate P in the longitudinal direction.
本實施形態之基板回收裝置1004,係藉由將通過處理裝置1003之基板P捲取於回收用捲軸1007來回收基板P。基板回收裝置1004例如與基板供應裝置1002同樣地包含捲繞基板P之軸部、使此軸部旋轉之旋轉驅動部、將捲於回收用捲軸1007之基板P覆蓋之罩部等。 The substrate recovery device 1004 of the present embodiment recovers the substrate P by winding the substrate P passing through the processing device 1003 on a recovery roll 1007. The substrate recovery device 1004 includes, for example, the same as the substrate supply device 1002, and includes a shaft portion for winding the substrate P, a rotation driving portion that rotates the shaft portion, and a cover portion that covers the substrate P wound on the recovery roll 1007.
又,被處理後之基板P被切斷裝置切斷,基板回收裝置1004亦可回收被切斷之基板。此情形下,基板回收裝置1004亦可係重疊切斷後之基板來回收之裝置。上述之切斷裝置亦可係處理裝置1003之一部分,亦可與處理裝置1003為不同之裝置,例如亦可係基板回收裝置1004之一部分。 In addition, the processed substrate P is cut by a cutting device, and the substrate recovery device 1004 may recover the cut substrate. In this case, the substrate recovery device 1004 may also be a device that recovers by stacking and cutting substrates. The cutting device described above may be a part of the processing device 1003, or may be a different device from the processing device 1003, for example, it may be a part of the substrate recovery device 1004.
處理裝置1003將從基板供應裝置1002供應之基板P往基板回收裝置1004搬送,且在搬送之過程中對基板P之被處理面進行處理。處理裝置1003具備對基板P之被處理面進行加工處理之加工處理裝置1010、以及包含以對應加工處理之條件移送基板P之搬送滾筒1008等之搬送裝置1009。 The processing device 1003 transfers the substrate P supplied from the substrate supply device 1002 to the substrate recovery device 1004, and processes the processed surface of the substrate P during the transfer. The processing device 1003 includes a processing device 1010 for processing a processed surface of the substrate P, and a transfer device 1009 including a transfer roller 1008 that transfers the substrate P under conditions corresponding to the processing.
加工處理裝置1010包含一或二以上之裝置,其用以對基板P之被處理 面執行用以形成構成元件之要件之各種處理。本實施形態之元件製造系統1001中,執行各種處理之裝置沿基板P之搬送路徑適當地設置,能以所謂捲對捲方式生產可撓顯示器等元件。藉由捲對捲方式,能以良好效率生產元件。 The processing apparatus 1010 includes one or two or more apparatuses for performing various processes on the processed surface of the substrate P to form the constituent elements. In the component manufacturing system 1001 of this embodiment, a device that executes various processes is appropriately provided along the conveyance path of the substrate P, and components such as flexible displays can be produced in a so-called roll-to-roll method. With the roll-to-roll method, components can be produced with good efficiency.
本實施形態中,加工處理裝置1010之各種裝置包含成膜裝置、曝光裝置、塗布顯影裝置、以及蝕刻裝置。成膜裝置,係例如鍍金裝置、蒸鍍裝置、濺鍍裝置等。成膜裝置,係將導電膜、半導體膜、絕緣膜等功能膜形成於基板P。塗布顯影裝置係於藉由成膜裝置而形成有功能膜之基板P形成光阻膜等感光材。曝光裝置,藉由將與構成元件之膜圖案對應之圖案之像投影於形成有感光材之基板P,來對基板P施加曝光處理。塗布顯影裝置,係使曝光後之基板P顯影。蝕刻裝置,係將顯影後之基板P之感光材作為光罩M來蝕刻功能膜。以此方式,加工處理裝置1010將所欲圖案之功能膜形成於基板P。 In this embodiment, various devices of the processing device 1010 include a film forming device, an exposure device, a coating and developing device, and an etching device. The film forming apparatus is, for example, a gold plating apparatus, a vapor deposition apparatus, or a sputtering apparatus. The film forming device is formed on the substrate P by a functional film such as a conductive film, a semiconductor film, and an insulating film. The coating and developing device is a photosensitive material such as a photoresist film formed on a substrate P on which a functional film is formed by a film forming device. The exposure device applies an exposure process to the substrate P by projecting an image of a pattern corresponding to the film pattern of the constituent element on the substrate P on which the photosensitive material is formed. The coating and developing device develops the exposed substrate P. The etching device uses the photosensitive material of the developed substrate P as a photomask M to etch a functional film. In this way, the processing device 1010 forms a functional film of a desired pattern on the substrate P.
此外,加工處理裝置1010亦可具備如壓印方式之成膜裝置、液滴吐出裝置等不藉由蝕刻而直接形成膜圖案之裝置。加工處理裝置1010之各種裝置中之至少一個亦可省略。 In addition, the processing device 1010 may be provided with a device that directly forms a film pattern without etching, such as a film-forming device such as an imprint method and a droplet discharge device. At least one of various devices of the processing device 1010 may be omitted.
本實施形態中,上位控制裝置1005係控制基板供應裝置1002而使基板供應裝置1002執行將基板P往加工處理裝置1010供應之處理。上位控制裝置1005係控制加工處理裝置1010而使加工處理裝置1010執行對基板P之各種處理。上位控制裝置1005係控制基板回收裝置1004而使基板回收裝置1004執行將加工處理裝置1010已施加各種處理之基板P回收之處理。 In this embodiment, the higher-level control device 1005 controls the substrate supply device 1002 and causes the substrate supply device 1002 to execute a process of supplying the substrate P to the processing device 1010. The higher-level control device 1005 controls the processing device 1010 so that the processing device 1010 executes various processes on the substrate P. The higher-level control device 1005 controls the substrate recovery device 1004 and causes the substrate recovery device 1004 to perform a process of recovering the substrate P to which the processing device 1010 has applied various processes.
其次,參照圖2、圖3、圖4說明本實施形態之基板處理裝置之構成。圖2係顯示本實施形態之基板處理裝置1011整體構成之圖。圖2所示之基板處理裝置1011係如上述之加工處理裝置1010之至少一部分。本實施形態中,基板處理裝置1011包含執行曝光處理之曝光裝置EX與搬送裝置1009 之至少一部分。 Next, the configuration of the substrate processing apparatus according to this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 2, 3, and 4. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of the substrate processing apparatus 1011 according to this embodiment. The substrate processing apparatus 1011 shown in FIG. 2 is at least a part of the processing apparatus 1010 described above. In this embodiment, the substrate processing apparatus 1011 includes at least a part of an exposure apparatus EX and a transport apparatus 1009 that perform exposure processing.
本實施形態之曝光裝置EX係所謂掃描曝光裝置,一邊同步驅動圓筒狀光罩(圓筒光罩)M之旋轉與可撓性基板P之移送,一邊將形成於光罩M之圖案之像透過投影倍率為等倍(×1)之投影光學系PL(PL1001~PL1006)投影於基板P。此外,圖2~圖4中,將正交座標系XYZ之Y軸設定為與圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心線(第1中心線)AX1001平行,將X軸設定為掃描曝光之方向、以及在曝光位置之基板P之搬送方向。 The exposure device EX of this embodiment is a so-called scanning exposure device, which simultaneously drives the rotation of the cylindrical mask (cylindrical mask) M and the transfer of the flexible substrate P, and simultaneously forms the image of the pattern formed on the mask M A projection optical system PL (PL1001 to PL1006) having a transmission magnification of equal magnification (× 1) is projected onto the substrate P. In addition, in FIGS. 2 to 4, the Y axis of the orthogonal coordinate system XYZ is set to be parallel to the rotation center line (first center line) AX1001 of the cylindrical mask M, and the X axis is set to the direction of scanning exposure. And the transport direction of the substrate P at the exposure position.
如圖2所示,曝光裝置EX具備光罩保持裝置1012、照明裝置1013、投影光學系PL、以及控制裝置1014。基板處理裝置1011係使保持於光罩保持裝置1012之光罩M旋轉移動,且藉由搬送裝置1009搬送基板P。照明裝置1013,係藉由照明光束EL1以均一之亮度照明光罩保持裝置1012所保持之光罩M之一部分(照明區域IR)。投影光學系PL,將光罩M上之照明區域IR之圖案之像投影於以搬送裝置1009搬送之基板P之一部分(投影區域PA)。伴隨光罩M之移動,配置於照明區域IR之光罩M上之部位亦變化,且伴隨基板P之移動,配置於投影區域PA之基板P上之部位亦變化,藉此將光罩M上之既定圖案(光罩圖案)之像投影於基板P。控制裝置1014控制曝光裝置EX之各部,使各部執行處理。又,本實施形態中,控制裝置1014控制搬送裝置1009之至少一部分。 As shown in FIG. 2, the exposure device EX includes a mask holding device 1012, an illumination device 1013, a projection optical system PL, and a control device 1014. The substrate processing apparatus 1011 rotates the mask M held by the mask holding apparatus 1012 and transfers the substrate P by the transfer apparatus 1009. The illuminating device 1013 illuminates a part of the reticle M held by the reticle holding device 1012 (illumination area IR) with a uniform brightness by the illuminating light beam EL1. The projection optical system PL projects an image of the pattern of the illumination area IR on the mask M onto a part of the substrate P (projection area PA) that is transported by the transport device 1009. As the mask M moves, the position on the mask M arranged in the illumination area IR also changes, and as the substrate P moves, the position arranged on the substrate P in the projection area PA also changes, thereby placing the mask M on An image of a predetermined pattern (mask pattern) is projected on the substrate P. The control device 1014 controls each section of the exposure device EX so that each section executes processing. In the present embodiment, the control device 1014 controls at least a part of the transport device 1009.
此外,控制裝置1014亦可係元件製造系統1001之上位控制裝置1005之一部分或全部。又,控制裝置1014亦可係被上位控制裝置1005控制、與上位控制裝置1005為不同之裝置。控制裝置1014包含例如電腦系統。電腦系統包含例如CPU及各種記憶體或OS、週邊機器等硬體。基板處理裝置1011之各部之動作過程,係藉由以程式之形式儲存於電腦可讀取記錄媒體,並由電腦系統讀出此程式來加以執行,藉此進行各種處理。電腦系統在能連接於網際網路或網際網路系統之情形,亦包含網頁提供環境(或顯示 環境)。又,電腦可讀取記錄媒體包含軟碟、光磁碟、ROM、CD-ROM等可攜媒體、內藏於電腦系統之硬碟等記憶裝置。電腦可讀取記錄媒體,亦包含如透過網際網路等網路或電話線路等通訊線路發送程式時之通訊線在短時間動態保持程式者,亦包含如在此情形下之作為伺服器客戶端之電腦系統內部之揮發性記憶體,保持有一定時間程式者。又,程式亦可係用以實現基板處理裝置1011功能一部分者,亦可係能與已記錄於電腦系統之程式組合來實現基板處理裝置1011之功能者。上位控制裝置1005能與控制裝置1014同樣地利用電腦系統來實現。 In addition, the control device 1014 may be a part or all of the upper control device 1005 of the component manufacturing system 1001. The control device 1014 may be controlled by a higher-level control device 1005, and may be a different device from the higher-level control device 1005. The control device 1014 includes, for example, a computer system. The computer system includes hardware such as a CPU, various memories, an OS, and peripheral devices. The operation process of each part of the substrate processing apparatus 1011 is performed by storing the program in a computer-readable recording medium in a program form, and reading and executing the program by a computer system, thereby performing various processes. When the computer system can be connected to the Internet or an Internet system, it also includes a web page providing environment (or display environment). The computer-readable recording medium includes portable media such as a floppy disk, an optical magnetic disk, a ROM, and a CD-ROM, and a memory device such as a hard disk built into the computer system. The computer can read the recording medium, including those who keep the program in a short period of time when the program is sent through a communication line such as the Internet or a telephone line, or the server client in this case. The volatile memory in the computer system keeps the program for a certain time. In addition, the program can also be used to realize a part of the function of the substrate processing apparatus 1011, or can be combined with a program recorded in a computer system to realize the function of the substrate processing apparatus 1011. The higher-level control device 1005 can be implemented by a computer system in the same manner as the control device 1014.
其次,參照圖3、圖4詳細說明圖2之曝光裝置EX各部。圖3係顯示光罩保持裝置1012構成之圖,圖4係顯示第1捲筒構件1021及照明光學系IL之構成之圖。 Next, each part of the exposure apparatus EX of FIG. 2 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing the configuration of the mask holding device 1012, and FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the configuration of the first reel member 1021 and the illumination optical system IL.
如圖3(圖2)所示,光罩保持裝置1012具備保持光罩M之第1構件(以下稱為第1捲筒構件1021)、支承第1捲筒構件1021之導引滾筒1023、驅動第1捲筒構件1021之驅動滾筒1024、檢測出第1捲筒構件1021之位置之第1檢測器1025、以及第1驅動部1026。 As shown in FIG. 3 (FIG. 2), the mask holding device 1012 includes a first member (hereinafter, referred to as a first roll member 1021) that holds the mask M, a guide roller 1023 that supports the first roll member 1021, and a drive. The driving roller 1024 of the first reel member 1021, the first detector 1025 that detects the position of the first reel member 1021, and the first driving unit 1026.
如圖4(圖2或圖3)所示,第1捲筒構件1021形成配光罩M上之照明區域IR配置之第1面p1001。本實施形態中,第1面p1001包含使線段(母線)繞與此線段平行之軸(第1中心軸AX1001)旋轉之面(以下稱為圓筒面)。圓筒面例如係圓筒之外周面、圓柱之外周面等。第1捲筒構件1021例如係以玻璃或石英等構成,具有一定厚度之圓筒狀,其外周面(圓筒面)形成第1面p1001。亦即,本實施形態中,光罩M上之照明區域IR從旋轉中心線AX1001彎曲成具有一定半徑r1001(參照圖1)之圓筒面狀。第1捲筒構件1021中從第1捲筒構件1021徑方向觀看為與光罩M之圖案重疊之部分、例如圖3所示第1捲筒構件1021之Y軸方向之兩端側以外之中央部分對照明光束EL1001具有透光性。 As shown in FIG. 4 (FIG. 2 or FIG. 3), the first reel member 1021 forms a first surface p1001 of the illumination area IR arrangement on the light distribution cover M. In the present embodiment, the first surface p1001 includes a surface (hereinafter referred to as a cylindrical surface) that rotates a line segment (general line) about an axis (first central axis AX1001) parallel to the line segment. The cylindrical surface is, for example, a cylindrical outer peripheral surface or a cylindrical outer peripheral surface. The first roll member 1021 is made of, for example, glass, quartz, or the like, and has a cylindrical shape with a certain thickness, and the outer peripheral surface (cylindrical surface) forms a first surface p1001. That is, in this embodiment, the illumination area IR on the mask M is bent from the rotation center line AX1001 into a cylindrical surface shape having a certain radius r1001 (see FIG. 1). The portion of the first reel member 1021 that overlaps the pattern of the reticle M as viewed from the radial direction of the first reel member 1021, for example, the center of the first reel member 1021 other than both ends in the Y-axis direction of the first reel member 1021 shown in FIG. Part of it is transparent to the illumination beam EL1001.
光罩M被製作成例如於平坦性佳之短條狀極薄玻璃板(例如厚度100~500μm)之一面以鉻等遮光層形成有圖案之透射型平面状片光罩,使其沿第1捲筒構件1021外周面彎曲,並在捲繞(貼附)於此外周面之狀態下被使用。光罩M,具有未形成有圖案之圖案非形成區域,在圖案非形成區域中安裝於第1捲筒構件1021。光罩M能對第1捲筒構件1021裝卸(釋放)。 The photomask M is made, for example, as a transmissive planar sheet mask in which a light-shielding layer such as chromium is formed on one side of a short strip-shaped ultra-thin glass plate (for example, a thickness of 100 to 500 μm) with good flatness. The outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical member 1021 is curved, and is used while being wound (attached) to the outer peripheral surface. The photomask M has a patterned non-formed area where no pattern is formed, and is mounted on the first roll member 1021 in the patterned non-formed area. The photomask M can be detached (released) from the first reel member 1021.
此外,亦可取代將光罩M以極薄玻璃板構成並將該光罩M捲繞於透明圓筒母材之第1捲筒構件1021之方式,於透明圓筒母材之第1捲筒構件1021之外周面直接描繪形成以鉻等遮光層所形成之光罩圖案而作成一體。此情形下,第1捲筒構件1021亦發揮光罩(第1物體)之支承構件之功能。 In addition, instead of forming the mask M with an extremely thin glass plate and winding the mask M around the first roll member 1021 of the transparent cylindrical base material, the first roll of the transparent cylindrical base material may be replaced. The outer peripheral surface of the member 1021 is directly drawn to form a mask pattern formed by a light-shielding layer such as chromium, and is integrated. In this case, the first reel member 1021 also functions as a support member of the photomask (first object).
此外,第1捲筒構件1021亦可作成使薄板狀之光罩M彎曲而安裝於其內周面之構造。又,光罩M亦可形成有對應一個顯示元件之面板用圖案之整體或一部分,亦可形成有對應複數個顯示元件之面板用圖案。再者,於光罩M,亦可於繞第1中心軸AX1001之周方向反覆配置複數個面板用圖案,亦可將小型面板用圖案於與第1中心軸AX1001平行之方向反覆配置複數個。又,光罩M亦可包含第1顯示元件之面板用圖案及尺寸等與第1顯示元件不同之第2顯示元件之面板用圖案。又,於第1捲筒構件1021之外周面(或內周面),亦可設置在與第1中心軸AX1001平行之方向或周方向個別安裝複數個分離之薄板狀之光罩M之構造。 In addition, the first roll member 1021 may have a structure in which a thin plate-shaped mask M is bent and attached to the inner peripheral surface thereof. In addition, the mask M may be formed with a whole or a part of a panel pattern corresponding to one display element, or may be formed with a panel pattern corresponding to a plurality of display elements. Furthermore, in the photomask M, a plurality of panel patterns may be repeatedly arranged in a circumferential direction around the first center axis AX1001, or a plurality of small panel patterns may be repeatedly arranged in a direction parallel to the first center axis AX1001. The photomask M may include a panel pattern and a size of the second display element, which are different from the first display element, such as the pattern and size of the panel for the first display element. Furthermore, a plurality of separate thin-plate-shaped masks M may be provided on the outer peripheral surface (or inner peripheral surface) of the first roll member 1021 in a direction parallel to the first central axis AX1001 or in a peripheral direction.
圖3所示之導引滾筒1023及驅動滾筒1024延伸於相對第1捲筒構件1021之第1中心軸AX1001為平行之Y軸方向。導引滾筒1023及驅動滾筒1024設置成能繞與第1中心軸AX1001平行之軸旋轉。導引滾筒1023及驅動滾筒1024,軸方向端部之外徑較其他部分之外形大,此端部外接於第1捲筒構件1021。如上述,導引滾筒1023及驅動滾筒1024設置成不接觸於第1捲筒構件1021所保持之光罩M。驅動滾筒1024藉由將從第1驅動部1026供應之力矩傳遞至第1捲筒構件1021,使第1捲筒構件1021繞第1中心軸 AX1001旋轉。 The guide roller 1023 and the drive roller 1024 shown in FIG. 3 extend in the Y-axis direction parallel to the first central axis AX1001 of the first roll member 1021. The guide roller 1023 and the drive roller 1024 are provided so as to be rotatable about an axis parallel to the first central axis AX1001. The outer diameter of the guide roller 1023 and the drive roller 1024 is larger than that of the other end portions, and this end portion is externally connected to the first roll member 1021. As described above, the guide roller 1023 and the drive roller 1024 are provided so as not to contact the photomask M held by the first roll member 1021. The driving roller 1024 transmits the torque supplied from the first driving unit 1026 to the first reel member 1021, so that the first reel member 1021 rotates about the first central axis AX1001.
此外,光罩保持裝置1012雖具備一個導引滾筒1023與一個驅動滾筒1024,但導引滾筒1023之數目亦可為兩個以上,驅動滾筒1024之數目亦可為兩個以上。導引滾筒1023與驅動滾筒1024中之至少一個亦可配置於第1捲筒構件1021內側,與第1捲筒構件1021內接。又,第1捲筒構件1021中從第1捲筒構件1021徑方向觀看為與光罩M之圖案不重疊之部分(Y軸方向兩端側),可對照明光束EL1001具有透光性,亦可不具有透光性。又,導引滾筒1023及驅動滾筒1024之一方或雙方,亦可係例如圓錐台狀,其中心軸(旋轉軸)相對第1中心軸AX1001為非平行。 In addition, although the mask holding device 1012 includes a guide roller 1023 and a drive roller 1024, the number of the guide rollers 1023 may be two or more, and the number of the drive rollers 1024 may also be two or more. At least one of the guide roller 1023 and the drive roller 1024 may be disposed inside the first reel member 1021 and inwardly connected to the first reel member 1021. In addition, the portion of the first reel member 1021 viewed from the radial direction of the first reel member 1021 so as not to overlap the pattern of the mask M (both ends in the Y-axis direction) can transmit light to the illumination beam EL1001. It may not have translucency. One or both of the guide roller 1023 and the drive roller 1024 may be, for example, a truncated cone shape, and the central axis (rotation axis) thereof is non-parallel with respect to the first central axis AX1001.
第1檢測器1025係以光學方式檢測第1捲筒構件1021之旋轉位置。第1檢測器1025包含例如旋轉編碼器。第1檢測器1025將顯示所檢測出之第1捲筒構件1021之旋轉位置之資訊供應至控制裝置1014。包含電動馬達等致動器之第1驅動部1026依據從控制裝置1014供應之控制訊號,調整用以使驅動滾筒1024旋轉之力矩。控制裝置1014藉由根據第1檢測器1025之檢測結果控制第1驅動部1026,來控制第1捲筒構件1021之旋轉位置。換言之,控制裝置1014控制保持於光罩保持裝置1012之光罩M之旋轉位置與旋轉速度之一方或雙方。 The first detector 1025 optically detects the rotation position of the first reel member 1021. The first detector 1025 includes, for example, a rotary encoder. The first detector 1025 supplies information indicating the detected rotational position of the first reel member 1021 to the control device 1014. The first driving unit 1026 including an actuator such as an electric motor adjusts a torque for rotating the driving roller 1024 according to a control signal supplied from the control device 1014. The control device 1014 controls the rotation position of the first reel member 1021 by controlling the first driving unit 1026 based on a detection result of the first detector 1025. In other words, the control device 1014 controls one or both of the rotation position and the rotation speed of the mask M held by the mask holding device 1012.
此外,於第1檢測器1025亦能附加以光學方式測量在圖3中之Y軸方向之第1捲筒構件1021位置之感測器(以下稱為Y方向位置測量感測器)。雖圖2、圖3所示之第1捲筒構件1021之Y方向位置基本上被限制成不變動,但為了進行基板P上之被曝光區域或對準標記與光罩M之圖案之相對位置對齊,亦可考慮組裝使第1捲筒構件1021(光罩M)微動於Y方向之機構(致動器)。此種情形下,亦能利用來自Y方向位置測量感測器之測量資訊,控制第1捲筒構件1021之Y方向微動機構。 In addition, a sensor (hereinafter referred to as a Y-direction position measurement sensor) that optically measures the position of the first reel member 1021 in the Y-axis direction in FIG. 3 can also be added to the first detector 1025. Although the Y-direction position of the first reel member 1021 shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 is basically limited to remain unchanged, in order to perform the relative positions of the exposed area or alignment mark on the substrate P and the pattern of the mask M For alignment, it is also conceivable to assemble a mechanism (actuator) that slightly moves the first reel member 1021 (mask M) in the Y direction. In this case, it is also possible to use the measurement information from the Y-direction position measurement sensor to control the Y-direction micro-movement mechanism of the first reel member 1021.
如圖2所示,搬送裝置1009具備第1搬送滾筒1030、第1導引構件1031、 形成配置基板P上之投影區域PA之第2面p1002之第2支承構件(以下稱為第2捲筒構件1022)、第2導引構件1033、第2搬送滾筒1034、第2檢測器1035、以及第2驅動部1036。此外,圖1所示之搬送滾筒1008包含第1搬送滾筒1030及第2搬送滾筒1034。 As shown in FIG. 2, the transfer device 1009 includes a first transfer roller 1030, a first guide member 1031, and a second support member (hereinafter referred to as a second roll) forming a second surface p1002 of the projection area PA on the arrangement substrate P. Member 1022), a second guide member 1033, a second conveyance roller 1034, a second detector 1035, and a second driving portion 1036. The transfer drum 1008 shown in FIG. 1 includes a first transfer drum 1030 and a second transfer drum 1034.
本實施形態中,從搬送路徑上游往第1搬送滾筒1030搬送來之基板P,經由第1搬送滾筒1030往第1導引構件1031搬送。經由第1導引構件1031之基板P,被半徑r1002支援筒狀或圓柱狀之第2捲筒構件(圓筒體)1022表面支承,往第2導引構件1033搬送。經由第2導引構件1033之基板P,經由第2搬送滾筒1034往搬送路徑之下游搬送。此外,第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉中心線(第2中心線)AX1002與第1搬送滾筒1030與第2搬送滾筒1034之各旋轉中心線,均設定為與Y軸平行。 In this embodiment, the substrate P transferred from the upstream of the transfer path to the first transfer roller 1030 is transferred to the first guide member 1031 via the first transfer roller 1030. The substrate P passing through the first guide member 1031 is surface-supported by a cylindrical or cylindrical second roll member (cylindrical body) 1022 with a radius r1002, and is conveyed to the second guide member 1033. The substrate P that has passed through the second guide member 1033 is conveyed downstream of the conveyance path through the second conveyance roller 1034. In addition, each of the rotation centerlines (second centerline) AX1002 of the second reel member 1022 and the rotation centerlines of the first transfer drum 1030 and the second transfer drum 1034 is set to be parallel to the Y axis.
第1導引構件1031及第2導引構件1033例如藉由移動於與基板P之寬度方向交叉之方向移動(在圖2中之XZ面內移動),而在搬送路徑調整作用於基板P之張力等。又,第1導引構件1031(及第1搬送滾筒1030)與第2導引構件1033(及第2搬送滾筒1034)例如能藉由構成為能移動於基板P之寬度方向(Y方向),來調整捲繞於第2捲筒構件1022外周之基板P之Y方向位置等。此外,搬送裝置1009只要能沿投影光學系PL之投影區域PA搬送基板P即可,能適當變更其構成。 The first guide member 1031 and the second guide member 1033 are moved in a direction that intersects the width direction of the substrate P (moved in the XZ plane in FIG. 2), and the transfer path is adjusted to act on the substrate P. Tension etc. The first guide member 1031 (and the first conveyance roller 1030) and the second guide member 1033 (and the second conveyance roller 1034) can be configured to be movable in the width direction (Y direction) of the substrate P, for example. The Y-direction position of the substrate P wound around the outer periphery of the second reel member 1022 is adjusted. In addition, the transfer device 1009 only needs to be able to transfer the substrate P along the projection area PA of the projection optical system PL, and its configuration can be appropriately changed.
第2捲筒構件1022形成第2面p1002,該第2面p1002將包含來自投影光學系PL之成像光束所投射之基板P上之投影區域PA之一部分支承成圓弧狀。本實施形態中,第2捲筒構件1022係搬送裝置1009之一部分,且兼作為支承曝光對象之基板P之支承構件(基板載台)。亦即,第2捲筒構件1022亦可係曝光裝置EX之一部分。 The second reel member 1022 forms a second surface p1002 that supports a part of the projection area PA on the substrate P including the projection light beam from the projection optical system PL in a circular arc shape. In the present embodiment, the second reel member 1022 is a part of the conveying device 1009, and also serves as a support member (substrate stage) that supports the substrate P to be exposed. That is, the second reel member 1022 may be a part of the exposure device EX.
第2捲筒構件1022能繞其中心軸(以下稱為第2中心軸AX1002)旋轉,基板P沿第2搬送滾筒1034上之外周面(圓筒面)彎曲成圓筒面狀,於所彎 曲之一部分配置投影區域PA。 The second reel member 1022 can rotate around its central axis (hereinafter referred to as the second central axis AX1002), and the substrate P is bent into a cylindrical surface along the outer peripheral surface (cylindrical surface) of the second transporting roller 1034, and is bent at One part configures the projection area PA.
此外,本實施形態中,第1捲筒構件1021外周面中捲繞光罩M之部分之半徑r1001與第2捲筒構件1022外周面中捲繞基板P之部分之半徑r1002設定為實質上相同。此係因假定薄板狀之光罩M之厚度與基板P之厚度大致相等之情形。 In this embodiment, the radius r1001 of the portion where the mask M is wound on the outer peripheral surface of the first roll member 1021 and the radius r1002 of the portion where the substrate P is wound on the outer peripheral surface of the second roll member 1022 are set to be substantially the same. . This is because it is assumed that the thickness of the thin-plate-shaped mask M and the thickness of the substrate P are substantially equal.
另一方面,例如當於第1捲筒構件1021(透射圓筒母材)之外周面藉由鉻層直接形成圖案時,由於能忽視該鉻層之厚度,因此相較於光罩之圖案面半徑仍保持為r1001,若基板P之厚度為200μm程度,則在投影區域PA之基板P之表面之半徑為r1002+200μm。此種情形,亦可將第2捲筒構件1022外周面中捲繞基板P之部分之半徑r1002縮小基板P之厚度量。 On the other hand, for example, when a pattern is directly formed on the outer peripheral surface of the first roll member 1021 (transparent cylindrical base material) by a chromium layer, the thickness of the chromium layer can be ignored, so it is compared with the pattern surface of the photomask. The radius remains r1001. If the thickness of the substrate P is about 200 μm, the radius of the surface of the substrate P in the projection area PA is r1002 + 200 μm. In this case, the radius r1002 of the portion where the substrate P is wound on the outer peripheral surface of the second roll member 1022 can be reduced by the thickness of the substrate P.
由上述可知,為了嚴格地進行條件設定,亦可將第1捲筒構件1021與第2捲筒構件1022之各半徑決定成第1捲筒構件1021之外周面所支承之光罩之圖案面(圓筒面)之半徑與第2捲筒構件1022之外周面所支承之基板P之表面之半徑相等。 From the above, in order to strictly set the conditions, each radius of the first roll member 1021 and the second roll member 1022 may be determined as the pattern surface of the photomask supported by the outer peripheral surface of the first roll member 1021. The cylindrical surface has a radius equal to the radius of the surface of the substrate P supported by the outer peripheral surface of the second roll member 1022.
本實施形態中,第2捲筒構件1022藉由從包含電動馬達等致動器之第2驅動部1036供應之力矩而旋轉。第2檢測器1035包含例如旋轉編碼器,第2檢測器1035係以光學方式檢測第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉位置。第2檢測器1035將顯示所檢測出之第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉位置之資訊供應至控制裝置1014。第2驅動部1026依據從控制裝置1014供應之控制訊號,調整用以使第2捲筒構件1022旋轉之力矩。控制裝置1014藉由根據第2檢測器1035之檢測結果控制第2驅動部1036,來控制第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉位置,使第1捲筒構件1021與第2捲筒構件1022同步移動(同步旋轉)。 In this embodiment, the second reel member 1022 is rotated by a torque supplied from a second drive unit 1036 including an actuator such as an electric motor. The second detector 1035 includes, for example, a rotary encoder. The second detector 1035 optically detects a rotation position of the second reel member 1022. The second detector 1035 supplies information indicating the detected rotational position of the second reel member 1022 to the control device 1014. The second driving unit 1026 adjusts a torque for rotating the second reel member 1022 based on a control signal supplied from the control device 1014. The control device 1014 controls the rotation position of the second reel member 1022 by controlling the second driving unit 1036 based on the detection result of the second detector 1035, so that the first reel member 1021 and the second reel member 1022 move synchronously ( Synchronous rotation).
此外,當基板P為薄之可撓性膜時,亦有在捲於第2捲筒構件1022時產生皺紋或扭曲之情形。因此,使基板P盡可能筆直地進入至與第2捲筒構件1022外周面之接觸位置、以及使賦予基板P之搬送方向(X方向)之張 力盡可能為一定等係重要。在此種觀點下,控制裝置1014係將第2驅動部1036控制成第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉速度不均極度地小。 In addition, when the substrate P is a thin flexible film, wrinkles or distortion may occur when the substrate P is rolled around the second roll member 1022. Therefore, it is important to bring the substrate P into the contact position with the outer peripheral surface of the second roll member 1022 as straight as possible, and to make the tension in the conveying direction (X direction) of the substrate P as constant as possible. From this viewpoint, the control device 1014 controls the second driving unit 1036 so that the rotation speed unevenness of the second reel member 1022 is extremely small.
此外,本實施形態中,若將包含第1捲筒構件1021之第1中心軸AX1001、以及第2捲筒構件1022之第2中心軸AX1002之平面設為中心面p1003(與YZ面平行),則在中心面p1003與圓筒狀之第1面p1001交叉之位置附近,中心面p1003與第1面p1001會成為近似地正交之關係,同樣地,在中心面p1003與圓筒狀之第2面p1002交叉之位置附近,中心面p1003與第2面p1002會成為近似地正交之關係。 In addition, in this embodiment, if a plane including the first central axis AX1001 of the first reel member 1021 and the second central axis AX1002 of the second reel member 1022 is set as the center plane p1003 (parallel to the YZ plane), Then, near the position where the central plane p1003 intersects with the cylindrical first plane p1001, the central plane p1003 and the first plane p1001 will have an approximately orthogonal relationship. Similarly, the central plane p1003 and the cylindrical second plane p1001 will have an approximately orthogonal relationship. Near the position where the plane p1002 intersects, the center plane p1003 and the second plane p1002 have an approximately orthogonal relationship.
本實施形態之曝光裝置EX係假定為搭載所謂多透鏡方式之投影光學系之曝光裝置。投影光學系PL具備投影光罩M之圖案中一部分之像之複數個投影模組。例如,圖2中,於中心面p1003左側有三個投影模組(投影光學系)PL1001,PL1003,PL1005於Y方向以一定間隔配置,於中心面p1003右側亦有三個投影模組(投影光學系)PL1002,PL1004,PL1006於Y方向以一定間隔配置。 The exposure apparatus EX of this embodiment is assumed to be an exposure apparatus equipped with a so-called multi-lens projection optical system. The projection optical system PL includes a plurality of projection modules for projecting an image of a part of the pattern of the mask M. For example, in FIG. 2, there are three projection modules (projection optics) PL1001, PL1003, and PL1005 on the left side of the center plane p1003, and they are arranged at a certain interval in the Y direction. PL1002, PL1004, and PL1006 are arranged at regular intervals in the Y direction.
此種多透鏡方式之曝光裝置EX中,藉由掃描使被以複數個投影模組PL1001~PL1006曝光之區域(投影區域PA1001~PA1006)之Y方向端部彼此疊合,藉此投影所欲圖案之整體像。此種曝光裝置EX,即使在處理光罩M上之圖案之Y方向尺寸變大而必然地Y方向寬度較大之基板P之必要性產生時,由於僅要於Y方向增設投影模組與對應其之照明裝置1013側之模組即可,因此有能容易地適用於面板尺寸(基板P之寬度)之大型化之優點。 In this multi-lens-type exposure device EX, the Y-direction ends of the areas (projection areas PA1001 to PA1006) exposed by the plurality of projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 are superposed by scanning to project a desired pattern. The overall image. When such an exposure device EX needs to process a substrate P having a larger Y-direction width and a larger Y-direction width of the pattern on the reticle M, it is necessary to add a projection module and correspond to the Y-direction. Since the module on the side of the lighting device 1013 is sufficient, there is an advantage that it can be easily applied to the increase in the size of the panel (the width of the substrate P).
此外,曝光裝置EX亦可非為多透鏡方式。例如,當基板P之寬度方向尺寸小至某程度時,曝光裝置EX亦可藉由一個投影模組將圖案全寬之像投影於基板P。又,複數個投影模組PL1001~PL1006,亦可分別投影對應一個元件之圖案。亦即,曝光裝置EX亦可藉由複數個投影模組並行地投影複數個元件用之圖案。 The exposure device EX may not be a multi-lens system. For example, when the dimension in the width direction of the substrate P is small to a certain extent, the exposure device EX may also project an image of the full width of the pattern on the substrate P through a projection module. In addition, a plurality of projection modules PL1001 ~ PL1006 can also project the patterns corresponding to one element respectively. That is, the exposure device EX can also project patterns for a plurality of elements in parallel by a plurality of projection modules.
本實施形態之照明裝置1013具備光源裝置(圖示略)及照明光學系IL。如圖4所示,照明光學系IL具備與複數個投影模組PL1001~PL1006之各個對應而於Y軸方向排列之複數個(例如六個)照明模組IL1001~IL1006。光源裝置包含例如水銀燈等燈光源、或雷射二極體、發光二極體(LED)等固態光源。光源裝置射出之照明光係例如從燈光源射出之輝線(g線、h線、i線)、KrF準分子雷射光(波長248nm)等遠紫外光(DUV光)、ArF準分子雷射光(波長193nm)等。從光源裝置射出之照明光,照度分布被均一化,透過例如光纖等導光構件分配至複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006。 The lighting device 1013 of this embodiment includes a light source device (not shown) and an illumination optical system IL. As shown in FIG. 4, the illumination optical system IL includes a plurality of (for example, six) illumination modules IL1001 to IL1006 corresponding to each of the plurality of projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 and arranged in the Y-axis direction. The light source device includes a lamp light source such as a mercury lamp, or a solid-state light source such as a laser diode or a light emitting diode (LED). The illumination light emitted by the light source device is, for example, far-ultraviolet light (DUV light) such as glow lines (g-line, h-line, i-line), KrF excimer laser light (wavelength 248 nm), and ArF excimer laser light (wavelength) 193nm) and so on. The illumination light emitted from the light source device has a uniform illumination distribution, and is distributed to a plurality of illumination modules IL1001 to IL1006 through a light guide member such as an optical fiber.
此外,光源裝置亦可配置於第1捲筒構件1021內側,亦可配置於第1捲筒構件1021外側。又,光源裝置亦可係與曝光裝置EX不同之裝置(外部裝置)。 In addition, the light source device may be disposed inside the first reel member 1021 or may be disposed outside the first reel member 1021. The light source device may be a device (external device) different from the exposure device EX.
複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006分別包含透鏡等複數個光學構件。本實施形態中,將從光源裝置射出而通過複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006之任一者之光稱為照明光束EL1。複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006之各個包含例如積分器光學系、桿透鏡、複眼透鏡等,以均一照度分布之照明光束EL1照明照明區域IR。本實施形態中,複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006配置於第1捲筒構件1021內側。複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006之各個從第1捲筒構件1021內側透過第1捲筒構件1021而照明保持於第1捲筒構件1021外周面之光罩M上之各照明區域IR(IR1001~IR1006)。 The plurality of illumination modules IL1001 to IL1006 each include a plurality of optical components such as a lens. In this embodiment, the light emitted from the light source device and passing through any one of the plurality of lighting modules IL1001 to IL1006 is referred to as an illumination light beam EL1. Each of the plurality of illumination modules IL1001 to IL1006 includes, for example, an integrator optical system, a rod lens, a fly-eye lens, etc., and illuminates the illumination region IR with an illumination light beam EL1 having a uniform illumination distribution. In this embodiment, a plurality of lighting modules IL1001 to IL1006 are arranged inside the first reel member 1021. Each of the plurality of illumination modules IL1001 to IL1006 passes through the first reel member 1021 from the inside of the first reel member 1021 and illuminates each illumination region IR (IR1001 ~) on the mask M held on the outer peripheral surface of the first reel member 1021. IR1006).
本實施形態中,將各照明模組依-Y側(圖2紙面前方側)往+Y側(圖2紙面深側)之順序分別稱為第1照明模組IL1001、第2照明模組IL1002、第3照明模組IL1003、第4照明模組IL1004、第5照明模組IL1005、第6照明模組IL1006。亦即,複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006中配置於最-Y側者為第1照明模組IL1001,配置於最+Y側者為第6照明模組IL1006。此外,投影光學系PL具備之投影模組之數目亦可為一個以上、五個以下,亦可為七 個以上。 In this embodiment, each lighting module is referred to as a first lighting module IL1001 and a second lighting module IL1002 in the order of −Y side (front side of the paper surface in FIG. 2) to + Y side (deep side of the paper surface in FIG. 2). , The third lighting module IL1003, the fourth lighting module IL1004, the fifth lighting module IL1005, and the sixth lighting module IL1006. That is, among the plurality of lighting modules IL1001 to IL1006, the first lighting module IL1001 is arranged on the most -Y side, and the sixth lighting module IL1006 is arranged on the most + Y side. In addition, the number of projection modules included in the projection optical system PL may be one or more, five or less, or seven or more.
複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006係在與第1中心軸AX1001交叉之方向(例如X軸方向)分離配置成彼此不干涉。第1照明模組IL1001、第3照明模組IL1003、以及第5照明模組IL1005配置於從Y軸方向觀看時為彼此重疊之位置。第1照明模組IL1001、第3照明模組IL1003、以及第5照明模組IL1005於Y軸方向彼此分離配置。 The plurality of lighting modules IL1001 to IL1006 are separated from each other in a direction (for example, the X-axis direction) crossing the first central axis AX1001 so as not to interfere with each other. The first lighting module IL1001, the third lighting module IL1003, and the fifth lighting module IL1005 are arranged at positions overlapping each other when viewed from the Y-axis direction. The first lighting module IL1001, the third lighting module IL1003, and the fifth lighting module IL1005 are arranged separately from each other in the Y-axis direction.
本實施形態中,第2照明模組IL1002配置成從Y軸方向觀看時相對中心面p1003與第1照明模組IL1001成對稱。第4照明模組IL1004及第6照明模組IL1006配置於從Y軸方向觀看時為與第2照明模組IL1002重疊之位置。第2照明模組IL1002、第4照明模組IL1004、以及第6照明模組IL1006於Y軸方向彼此分離配置。 In this embodiment, the second lighting module IL1002 is disposed symmetrically with respect to the center plane p1003 and the first lighting module IL1001 when viewed from the Y-axis direction. The fourth lighting module IL1004 and the sixth lighting module IL1006 are arranged at positions overlapping the second lighting module IL1002 when viewed from the Y-axis direction. The second lighting module IL1002, the fourth lighting module IL1004, and the sixth lighting module IL1006 are arranged separately from each other in the Y-axis direction.
複數個照明模組IL1001~IL1006,均係往相對第1捲筒構件1021之第1中心軸AX1001之放射方向(徑方向)中與中心面p1003交叉之第1徑方向D1001或第2徑方向D1002照射照明光束EL1。各照明模組之照明光束EL1之照射方向,係依照明模組於Y軸方向排列之順序交互變化。例如來自第1照明模組IL1001之照明光束之照射方向(第1徑方向D1001)較Z軸方向往-X側傾斜,來自第2照明模組IL1002之照明光束之照射方向(第2徑方向D1002)較-Z軸方向往+X側傾斜。同樣地,來自第3照明模組IL1003及第5照明模組IL1005之各個之照明光束之照射方向,係與第1照明模組IL1001之照射方向實質上平行,來自第4照明模組IL1004及第6照明模組IL1006之各個之照明光束之照射方向,係與第2照明模組IL1002之照射方向實質上平行。 The plurality of lighting modules IL1001 to IL1006 are all directed to the first radial direction D1001 or the second radial direction D1002 that intersects the central plane p1003 in the radiation direction (radial direction) of the first central axis AX1001 of the first reel member 1021. The illumination light beam EL1 is irradiated. The illumination direction of the illumination beam EL1 of each lighting module is changed in accordance with the order of the light modules arranged in the Y-axis direction. For example, the irradiation direction of the illumination beam from the first lighting module IL1001 (first radial direction D1001) is inclined to the -X side from the Z axis direction, and the irradiation direction of the illumination beam from the second lighting module IL1002 (second radial direction D1002) ) Is inclined to the + X side from the -Z axis direction. Similarly, the irradiation direction of the illumination light beam from each of the third lighting module IL1003 and the fifth lighting module IL1005 is substantially parallel to the irradiation direction of the first lighting module IL1001, and from the fourth lighting module IL1004 and the first The irradiation direction of each of the lighting beams of the 6 lighting module IL1006 is substantially parallel to the irradiation direction of the second lighting module IL1002.
圖5係顯示本實施形態之照明區域IR及投影區域PA之配置之圖。此外,圖5係圖示從-Z側觀看配置於第1捲筒構件1021之光罩M上之照明區域IR之俯視圖(圖5中之左圖)與從+Z側觀看配置於第2捲筒構件1022之基 板P上之投影區域PA之俯視圖(圖5中之右圖)。圖5中之符號Xs顯示第1捲筒構件1021或第2捲筒構件1022之移動方向(旋轉方向)。 FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the arrangement of the illumination area IR and the projection area PA in this embodiment. In addition, FIG. 5 is a plan view illustrating the illumination area IR disposed on the mask M of the first reel member 1021 (the left image in FIG. 5) as viewed from the -Z side and disposed on the second volume as viewed from the + Z side. A plan view of the projection area PA on the substrate P of the cylindrical member 1022 (right view in FIG. 5). The symbol Xs in FIG. 5 indicates the moving direction (rotation direction) of the first reel member 1021 or the second reel member 1022.
第1至第6照明模組IL1001~IL1006,分別照明光罩M上之第1至第6照明區域IR1001~IR1006。例如,第1照明模組IL1001照明第1照明區域IR1001,第2照明模組IL1002照明第2照明區域IR1002。 The first to sixth lighting modules IL1001 to IL1006 respectively illuminate the first to sixth lighting areas IR1001 to IR1006 on the photomask M. For example, the first illumination module IL1001 illuminates the first illumination area IR1001, and the second illumination module IL1002 illuminates the second illumination area IR1002.
本實施形態之第1照明區域IR1001,雖說明其係於Y方向細長之梯形區域,但依之後說明之投影光學系(投影模組)PL構成之不同,亦可為包含此梯形區域之長方形區域。第3照明區域IR1003及第5照明區域IR1005均為與第1照明區域IR1001相同形狀之區域,於Y軸方向分隔一定間隔配置。又,第2照明區域IR1002係相對中心面p1003為與第1照明區域IR1001對稱之梯形(或長方形)之區域。第4照明區域IR1004及第6照明區域IR1006均為與第2照明區域IR1002相同形狀之區域,於Y軸方向分隔一定間隔配置。 Although the first illumination area IR1001 of this embodiment is described as being a slender trapezoidal area in the Y direction, it may be a rectangular area including this trapezoidal area according to the structure of the projection optical system (projection module) PL described later. . The third illumination region IR1003 and the fifth illumination region IR1005 are both regions having the same shape as the first illumination region IR1001, and are arranged at regular intervals in the Y-axis direction. The second illumination area IR1002 is a trapezoidal (or rectangular) area symmetrical to the first illumination area IR1001 with respect to the center plane p1003. The fourth illumination region IR1004 and the sixth illumination region IR1006 are both regions having the same shape as the second illumination region IR1002, and are arranged at regular intervals in the Y-axis direction.
如圖5所示,第1至第6照明區域IR1001~IR1006之各個配置成沿第1面p1001之周方向觀看時相鄰之梯形照明區域之斜邊部之三角部係重疊(overlap)。因此,例如藉由第1捲筒構件1021之旋轉而通過第1照明區域IR1001之光罩M上之第1區域A1001,與藉由第1捲筒構件1021之旋轉而通過第2照明區域IR1002之光罩M上之第2區域A1002一部分重複。 As shown in FIG. 5, each of the first to sixth lighting areas IR1001 to IR1006 is arranged so that the triangular portions of the hypotenuse of the adjacent trapezoidal lighting area overlap when viewed in the circumferential direction of the first surface p1001. Therefore, for example, the rotation of the first reel member 1021 passes through the first area A1001 on the mask M of the first illumination area IR1001, and the rotation of the first reel member 1021 passes through the second illumination area IR1002. The second area A1002 on the photomask M is partially repeated.
本實施形態中,光罩M具有形成有圖案之圖案形成區域A1003、與未形成有圖案之圖案非形成區域A1004。該圖案非形成區域A1004配置成框狀包圍圖案形成區域A1003,具有遮蔽照明光束EL1之特性。光罩M之圖案形成區域A1003伴隨第1捲筒構件1021之旋轉往方向Xs移動,圖案形成區域A1003中之Y軸方向之各部分區域通過第1至第6照明區域IR1001~IR1006之任一者。換言之,第1至第6照明區域IR1001~IR1006配置成涵蓋圖案形成區域A1003之Y軸方向全寬。 In this embodiment, the mask M has a patterned area A1003 in which a pattern is formed, and a patterned non-formation area A1004 in which a pattern is not formed. This pattern non-formation area A1004 is arranged to surround the pattern formation area A1003 in a frame shape, and has a characteristic of shielding the illumination light beam EL1. The pattern forming area A1003 of the photomask M moves in the direction Xs with the rotation of the first reel member 1021, and each of the partial areas in the Y-axis direction in the pattern forming area A1003 passes any of the first to sixth illumination areas IR1001 to IR1006. . In other words, the first to sixth illumination areas IR1001 to IR1006 are arranged so as to cover the full width in the Y-axis direction of the pattern formation area A1003.
如圖2所示,投影光學系PL具備排列於Y軸方向之複數個投影模組PL1001~PL1006。複數個投影模組PL1001~PL1006之各個,與第1至第6照明區域IR1001~IR1006之各個以一對一對應,將被對應之照明模組照明之照明區域IR內所出現之光罩M之局部圖案之像投影於基板P上之各投影區域PA。 As shown in FIG. 2, the projection optical system PL includes a plurality of projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 arranged in the Y-axis direction. Each of the plurality of projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 corresponds to each of the first to sixth lighting areas IR1001 to IR1006 in a one-to-one correspondence with the mask M appearing in the lighting area IR illuminated by the corresponding lighting module. An image of a partial pattern is projected on each projection area PA on the substrate P.
例如,第1投影模組PL1001對應於第1照明模組IL1001,將被第1照明模組IL1001照明之第1照明區域IR1001(參照圖5)中之光罩M之圖案像投影於基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001。第3投影模組PL1003、第5投影模組PL1005分別與第3照明模組IL1003、第5照明模組IL1005對應。第3投影模組PL1003及第5投影模組PL1005配置於從Y軸方向觀看時不與第1投影模組PL1001重疊之位置。 For example, the first projection module PL1001 corresponds to the first lighting module IL1001, and projects the pattern image of the mask M in the first lighting area IR1001 (see FIG. 5) illuminated by the first lighting module IL1001 on the substrate P. The first projection area PA1001. The third projection module PL1003 and the fifth projection module PL1005 correspond to the third lighting module IL1003 and the fifth lighting module IL1005, respectively. The third projection module PL1003 and the fifth projection module PL1005 are arranged at positions that do not overlap the first projection module PL1001 when viewed from the Y-axis direction.
又,第2投影模組PL1002對應於第2照明模組IL1002,將被第2照明模組IL1002照明之第2照明區域IR1002(參照圖5)中之光罩M之圖案像投影於基板P上之第2投影區域PA1002。第2投影模組PL1002配置於從Y軸方向觀看時相對第1投影模組PL1001挾著中心面p1003成對稱之位置。 The second projection module PL1002 corresponds to the second lighting module IL1002, and projects the pattern image of the mask M in the second lighting area IR1002 (see FIG. 5) illuminated by the second lighting module IL1002 on the substrate P. The second projection area PA1002. The second projection module PL1002 is disposed at a position symmetrical to the first projection module PL1001 with respect to the center plane p1003 when viewed from the Y-axis direction.
第4投影模組PL1004、第6投影模組PL1006分別與第4照明模組IL1004、第6照明模組IL1006對應配置,第4投影模組PL1004及第6投影模組PL1006配置於從Y軸方向觀看時不與第2投影模組PL1002重疊之位置。 The fourth projection module PL1004 and the sixth projection module PL1006 are respectively arranged corresponding to the fourth lighting module IL1004 and the sixth lighting module IL1006. The fourth projection module PL1004 and the sixth projection module PL1006 are arranged from the Y-axis direction. A position that does not overlap the second projection module PL1002 when viewed.
此外,本實施形態中,將從照明裝置1013之各照明模組IL1001~IL1006到達光罩M上之各照明區域IR1001~IR1006之光稱為照明光束EL1,將受到與各照明區域IR1001~IR1006中出現之光罩M之局部圖案對應之強度分布調變而射入各投影模組PL1001~PL1006並到達各投影區域PA1001~PA1006之光稱為成像光束EL2。 In addition, in this embodiment, the light that reaches each of the illumination areas IR1001 to IR1006 from the illumination module 1013 to each illumination area IR1001 to IR1006 on the mask M is referred to as an illumination beam EL1, and is received by each illumination area IR1001 to IR1006. The intensity distribution corresponding to the local pattern of the appearing mask M is adjusted, and the light that enters each projection module PL1001 ~ PL1006 and reaches each projection area PA1001 ~ PA1006 is called imaging beam EL2.
如圖5中之右圖所示,第1照明區域IR1001中之圖案像被投影於第1 投影區域PA1001,第3照明區域IR1003中之圖案像被投影於第3投影區域PA1003,第5照明區域IR1005中之圖案像被投影於第5投影區域PA1005。本實施形態中,第1投影區域PA1001、第3投影區域PA1003、以及第5投影區域PA1005配置成於Y軸方向排列成一列。 As shown in the right figure in FIG. 5, the pattern image in the first illumination area IR1001 is projected on the first projection area PA1001, and the pattern image in the third illumination area IR1003 is projected on the third projection area PA1003 and the fifth illumination area. The pattern image in IR1005 is projected on the fifth projection area PA1005. In this embodiment, the first projection area PA1001, the third projection area PA1003, and the fifth projection area PA1005 are arranged in a line in the Y-axis direction.
又,第2照明區域IR1002中之圖案像被投影於第2投影區域PA1002。本實施形態中,第2投影區域PA1002配置成從Y軸方向觀看時相對中心面p1003與第1投影區域PA1001成對稱。又,第4照明區域IR1004中之圖案像被投影於第4投影區域PA1004,第6照明區域IR1006中之圖案像被投影於第6投影區域PA1006。本實施形態中,第2投影區域PA1002、第4投影區域PA1004、以及第6投影區域PA1006配置成於Y軸方向排列成一列。 The pattern image in the second illumination area IR1002 is projected onto the second projection area PA1002. In this embodiment, the second projection area PA1002 is arranged symmetrically with respect to the center plane p1003 and the first projection area PA1001 when viewed from the Y-axis direction. The pattern image in the fourth illumination area IR1004 is projected on the fourth projection area PA1004, and the pattern image in the sixth illumination area IR1006 is projected on the sixth projection area PA1006. In this embodiment, the second projection area PA1002, the fourth projection area PA1004, and the sixth projection area PA1006 are arranged in a line in the Y-axis direction.
第1至第6投影區域PA1001~PA1006之各個配置成沿第2面p1002之周方向觀看時在與第2中心軸AX1002平行之方向相鄰之投影區域與端部(梯形之三角部分)係重疊。因此,例如藉由第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉而通過第1投影區域PA1001之基板P上之第3區域A1005,與藉由第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉而通過第2投影區域PA1002之基板P上之第4區域A1006一部分重複。 Each of the first to sixth projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 is arranged so that when viewed in the circumferential direction of the second surface p1002, the projection area adjacent to the direction parallel to the second central axis AX1002 overlaps the end portion (the triangular portion of the trapezoid). . Therefore, for example, the third area A1005 on the substrate P of the first projection area PA1001 is passed by the rotation of the second reel member 1022, and the substrate is passed through the second projection area PA1002 by the rotation of the second reel member 1022. The fourth area A1006 on P is partially repeated.
第1投影區域PA1001與第2投影區域PA1002,各自之形狀等被設定為在第3區域A1005與第4區域A1006重複之區域之曝光量與不重複之區域之曝光量實質上相同。 The shapes of the first projection area PA1001 and the second projection area PA1002, and the like, are set so that the exposure amounts of the areas where the third area A1005 and the fourth area A1006 overlap are substantially the same as those of the areas that do not overlap.
本實施形態中,在基板P之曝光對象之區域(以下稱為曝光區域A1007)如圖5中之右圖所示,伴隨第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉往方向Xs移動,曝光區域A1007中Y軸方向之各部分區域通過第1至第6投影區域PA1001~PA1006之任一者。換言之,第1至第6投影區域PA1001~PA1006配置成涵蓋曝光區域A1007之Y軸方向全寬。 In this embodiment, as shown in the right diagram in FIG. 5, the area to be exposed by the substrate P (hereinafter referred to as the exposure area A1007) is moved in the direction Xs with the rotation of the second reel member 1022, and Y in the exposure area A1007 Each partial area in the axial direction passes through any of the first to sixth projection areas PA1001 to PA1006. In other words, the first to sixth projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 are arranged to cover the full width in the Y-axis direction of the exposure area A1007.
此外,相對第1投影模組PL1001之照明光束EL1之照射方向,例如亦 可為通過第1照明區域IR1001內之任一位置之主光線之行進方向,亦可為通過第1照明區域IR1001中心之主光線之行進方向。相對第2至第6投影模組PL1002~PL1006之照明光束EL1之照射方向亦相同。 In addition, the irradiation direction of the illumination beam EL1 with respect to the first projection module PL1001 may be, for example, the traveling direction of the main light passing through any position in the first illumination area IR1001, or the direction of the main light passing through the center of the first illumination area IR1001. The direction of travel of the main ray. The irradiation directions of the illumination light beam EL1 with respect to the second to sixth projection modules PL1002 to PL1006 are also the same.
此外,第1至第6投影區域PA1001~PA1006亦可配置成通過其任一者之基板P上之區域彼此在端部不重複。例如,通過第1投影區域PA1001之第3區域A1005亦可不與通過第2投影區域PA1002之第4區域A1006一部分重複。亦即,即使係多透鏡方式,亦能不進行各投影模組之接續曝光。此情形下,第3區域A1005亦可係被投影對應第1元件之圖案之區域,第4區域A1006亦可係被投影對應第2元件之圖案之區域。上述之第2元件亦可係與第1元件同種之元件,於第4區域A1006投影與第3區域A1005相同之圖案。上述之第2元件亦可係與第1元件不同種類之元件,於第4區域A1006投影與第3區域A1005不同之圖案。 In addition, the first to sixth projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 may be arranged so that the areas on the substrate P passing through any of them do not overlap each other at the ends. For example, the third area A1005 passing through the first projection area PA1001 may not overlap with a part of the fourth area A1006 passing through the second projection area PA1002. That is, even if it is a multi-lens method, continuous exposure of each projection module can not be performed. In this case, the third area A1005 may also be an area where the pattern corresponding to the first element is projected, and the fourth area A1006 may also be an area where the pattern corresponding to the second element is projected. The second element described above may be an element of the same kind as the first element, and the same pattern as the third region A1005 is projected on the fourth region A1006. The second element described above may be a different type of element from the first element, and a pattern different from the third region A1005 is projected on the fourth region A1006.
其次,參照圖6說明本實施形態之投影光學系PL之詳細構成。此外,本實施形態中,第2至第6投影模組PL1002~PL1006之各個係與第1投影模組PL1001相同之構成。因此,說明第1投影模組PL1001之構成來代表投影光學系PL。 Next, a detailed configuration of the projection optical system PL of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 6. In this embodiment, each of the second to sixth projection modules PL1002 to PL1006 has the same configuration as the first projection module PL1001. Therefore, the configuration of the first projection module PL1001 will be described to represent the projection optical system PL.
圖6所示之第1投影模組PL1001具備將配置於第1照明區域IR1001之光罩M之圖案像成像於中間像面p1007之第1光學系1041、將第1光學系1041形成之中間像之至少一部分再成像於基板P之第1投影區域PA1001之第2光學系1042、以及配置於形成中間像之中間像面p1007之第1視野光闌1043。 The first projection module PL1001 shown in FIG. 6 includes a first optical system 1041 that forms a pattern image of the mask M arranged in the first illumination area IR1001 on an intermediate image plane p1007, and an intermediate image formed by the first optical system 1041. At least a part of it is re-imaged on the second optical system 1042 in the first projection area PA1001 of the substrate P, and the first field diaphragm 1043 disposed on the intermediate image plane p1007 forming the intermediate image.
又,第1投影模組PL1001具備用以微調形成於基板P上之光罩之圖案像(以下稱為投影像)之聚焦狀態之聚焦修正光學構件1044、用以在像面內使投影像微橫移之像移修正光學構件1045、微修正投影像之倍率之倍率修正用光學構件1047、以及用以在像面內使投影像微旋轉之旋轉修正機構1046。 In addition, the first projection module PL1001 includes a focus correction optical member 1044 for finely adjusting the focus state of a pattern image (hereinafter referred to as a projection image) of a mask formed on the substrate P, and for finely adjusting the projection image on the image plane. The image movement correction optical member 1045 for horizontal movement, the magnification correction optical member 1047 for slightly correcting the magnification of the projection image, and the rotation correction mechanism 1046 for slightly rotating the projection image within the image plane.
聚焦修正光學構件1044配置於從第1照明區域IR1001射出之成像光束EL2所射入之位置,像移修正光學構件1045配置於從聚焦修正光學構件1044射出之成像光束EL2所射入之位置。倍率修正用光學構件1047配置於從第2光學系1042射出之成像光束EL2所射入之位置。 The focus correction optical member 1044 is disposed at a position where the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 is incident, and the image shift correction optical member 1045 is disposed at a position where the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the focus correction optical member 1044 is incident. The magnification correction optical member 1047 is arranged at a position where the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the second optical system 1042 enters.
來自光罩M之圖案之成像光束EL2從第1照明區域IR1001沿法線方向射出,通過聚焦修正光學構件1044射入像移修正光學構件1045。透射過像移修正光學構件1045之成像光束EL2在第1光學系1041之要件即第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面(平面鏡)p1004反射,通過第1透鏡群1051而在第1凹面鏡1052反射,再度通過第1透鏡群1051而在第1偏向構件1050之第2反射面(平面鏡)p1005反射,射入第1視野光闌1043。 The imaging beam EL2 of the pattern from the mask M is emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 in the normal direction, and is incident on the image shift correction optical member 1045 through the focus correction optical member 1044. The imaging light beam EL2 transmitted through the image shift correction optical member 1045 is reflected by the first reflecting surface (planar mirror) p1004 of the first deflection member 1050, which is the first optical system 1041, and is reflected by the first lens group 1051 and the first concave mirror 1052. Then, it passes through the first lens group 1051 and reflects on the second reflecting surface (planar mirror) p1005 of the first deflection member 1050 again, and enters the first field diaphragm 1043.
通過第1視野光闌1043之成像光束EL2在第2光學系1042之要件即第2偏向構件1057之第3反射面(平面鏡)p1008反射,通過第2透鏡群1058而在第2凹面鏡1059反射,再度通過第2透鏡群1058而在第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面(平面鏡)p1009反射,射入倍率修正用光學構件1047。 The imaging light beam EL2 passing through the first field diaphragm 1043 is reflected by the third reflecting surface (planar mirror) p1008 of the second deflection member 1057, which is an element of the second optical system 1042, and is reflected by the second lens group 1058 and the second concave mirror 1059. The light is reflected by the second lens group 1058 on the fourth reflecting surface (planar mirror) p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 again, and enters the optical member 1047 for magnification correction.
從倍率修正用光學構件1047射出之成像光束EL2,射入基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001,出現於第1照明區域IR1001內之圖案像以等倍(×1)投影於第1投影區域PA1001。 The imaging beam EL2 emitted from the magnification correction optical member 1047 is incident on the first projection area PA1001 on the substrate P, and the pattern image appearing in the first illumination area IR1001 is projected on the first projection area PA1001 at equal magnification (× 1). .
第1光學系1041與第2光學系1042例如係將戴森(Dyson)系統變形後之遠心反折射光學系。本實施形態中,第1光學系1041之光軸(以下稱為第1光軸AX1003)與中心面p1003實質上正交。第1光學系1041具備第1偏向構件1050、第1透鏡群1051、以及第1凹面鏡1052。從像移修正光學構件1045射出之成像光束EL2在第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004反射而往第1光軸AX1003之一側(-X側)行進,通過第1透鏡群1051射入配置於瞳面之第1凹面鏡1052。在第1凹面鏡1052反射之成像光束EL2,往第1光軸AX1003之另一側(+X側)行進而通過第1透鏡群1051,在第1偏向構件 1050之第2反射面p1005反射而射入第1視野光闌1043。 The first optical system 1041 and the second optical system 1042 are, for example, a telecentric refracting optical system in which a Dyson system is deformed. In this embodiment, the optical axis of the first optical system 1041 (hereinafter referred to as the first optical axis AX1003) is substantially orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The first optical system 1041 includes a first deflection member 1050, a first lens group 1051, and a first concave mirror 1052. The imaging light beam EL2 emitted from the image shift correction optical member 1045 is reflected by the first reflection surface p1004 of the first deflection member 1050 and travels toward one side (-X side) of the first optical axis AX1003, and enters through the first lens group 1051. A first concave mirror 1052 disposed on the pupil surface. The imaging beam EL2 reflected by the first concave mirror 1052 travels to the other side (+ X side) of the first optical axis AX1003, passes through the first lens group 1051, and is reflected by the second reflecting surface p1005 of the first deflection member 1050. Enter the first field diaphragm 1043.
第1偏向構件1050係延伸於Y軸方向之三角稜鏡。本實施形態中,第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005之各個包含形成於三角稜鏡表面之鏡面(反射膜之表面)。通過第1照明區域IR1001中心之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,沿相對中心面p1003在XZ面內傾斜之第1徑方向D1001行進而射入第1投影模組PL1001。 The first deflection member 1050 is a triangular ridge extending in the Y-axis direction. In this embodiment, each of the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 includes a mirror surface (the surface of the reflection film) formed on the surface of the triangular ridge. The main ray EL3 passing through the imaging beam EL2 in the center of the first illumination area IR1001 is incident on the first projection direction PL1001 along the first radial direction D1001 inclined in the XZ plane with respect to the central plane p1003.
第1偏向構件1050係將成像光束EL2偏向成,從第1照明區域IR1001到達第1反射面p1004之主光線EL3與從第2反射面p1005到達中間像面p1007之主光線EL3(與中心面p1003平行)在XY面內成為非平行。 The first deflecting member 1050 deflects the imaging beam EL2 into a main ray EL3 reaching the first reflection surface p1004 from the first illumination area IR1001 and a main ray EL3 reaching the intermediate image plane p1007 from the second reflection surface p1005 (and the central plane p1003 (Parallel) becomes non-parallel in the XY plane.
為了形成如以上之光路,本實施形態中,包含第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005所交會之稜線與第1光軸AX1003,將與XY面平行之面設為p1006,相對此面p1006,第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005以非對稱之角度配置。 In order to form the optical path as described above, in this embodiment, a ridge line intersecting the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 of the first deflecting member 1050 and the first optical axis AX1003 are included, and a plane parallel to the XY plane is set as p1006, with respect to this surface p1006, the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 are arranged at an asymmetrical angle.
當將第1反射面p1004相對於面p1006之角度設為θ 1001、將第2反射面p1005相對於面p1006之角度設為θ 1002時,本實施形態中,角度(θ 1001+θ 1002)設定為90°未滿,角度θ 1001設定為45°未滿,角度θ 1002設定為實質上45°。 When the angle of the first reflection surface p1004 with respect to the surface p1006 is set to θ 1001, and the angle of the second reflection surface p1005 with respect to the surface p1006 is set to θ 1002, in this embodiment, the angle (θ 1001 + θ 1002) is set It is under 90 °, the angle θ 1001 is set to 45 °, and the angle θ 1002 is set to substantially 45 °.
藉由將在第1反射面p1004反射而射入第1透鏡群1051之主光線EL3設定為與光軸AX1003平行,該主光線EL3能通過第1凹面鏡1052之中心、亦即瞳面之與光軸AX1003之交點,能確保遠心之成像狀態。因此,圖6中,當將從第1照明區域IR1001到達第1反射面p1004之主光線EL3(第1徑方向D1001)相對於中心面p1003之傾角設為θd時,第1反射面p1004之角度θ 1001只要設定成滿足下述之式(1)即可。 By setting the principal ray EL3 reflected on the first reflection surface p1004 and incident on the first lens group 1051 to be parallel to the optical axis AX1003, the principal ray EL3 can pass through the center of the first concave mirror 1052, that is, the pupil light The intersection of the axis AX1003 can ensure the telecentric imaging state. Therefore, in FIG. 6, when the inclination angle of the main ray EL3 (first radial direction D1001) from the first illumination area IR1001 to the first reflection surface p1004 with respect to the center plane p1003 is set to θd, the angle of the first reflection surface p1004 θ 1001 may be set so as to satisfy the following formula (1).
θ 1001=45°-(θd/2)...(1) θ 1001 = 45 °-(θd / 2) ... (1)
本實施形態中,屬於第1透鏡群1051之複數個透鏡之各個係繞第1光 軸AX1003為軸對稱之形狀。在第1反射面p1004反射之成像光束EL2從相對面p1006之一側(+Z側)射入第1透鏡群1051。第1凹面鏡1052配置於第1光學系1041之瞳面之位置或其近旁。 In this embodiment, each of the plurality of lenses belonging to the first lens group 1051 is axisymmetrically shaped around the first optical axis AX1003. The imaging light beam EL2 reflected on the first reflection surface p1004 enters the first lens group 1051 from one side (+ Z side) of the opposite surface p1006. The first concave mirror 1052 is arranged at or near the pupil surface of the first optical system 1041.
通過第1透鏡群1051之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,射入第1光軸AX1003與第1凹面鏡1052之交點。在第1凹面鏡1052反射之成像光束EL2,與往第1凹面鏡1052射入前比較,係在第1透鏡群1051中沿相對面p1006為對稱之光路行進。在第1凹面鏡1052反射之成像光束EL2,從第1透鏡群1051之另一方側(-Z側)射出,在第1偏向構件1050之第2反射面p1005反射,沿與中心面p1003平行之主光線EL3行進。 The main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 passing through the first lens group 1051 enters the intersection of the first optical axis AX1003 and the first concave mirror 1052. The imaging light beam EL2 reflected by the first concave mirror 1052 travels in the first lens group 1051 along a light path that is symmetrical to the opposite surface p1006, as compared with the state before the incident on the first concave mirror 1052. The imaging light beam EL2 reflected by the first concave mirror 1052 is emitted from the other side (-Z side) of the first lens group 1051, and is reflected by the second reflecting surface p1005 of the first deflection member 1050, along the main line parallel to the central plane p1003. Light EL3 travels.
第1視野光闌1043具有規定第1投影區域PA1001之形狀之開口。亦即,第1視野光闌1043之開口形狀規定第1投影區域PA1001之形狀。因此,如圖6所示,當能於中間像面p1007配置第1視野光闌1043時,能使此第1視野光闌1043之開口形狀成為如先前圖5之右圖所示之梯形,此情形下,第1至第6照明區域IR1006各自之形狀,可不與第1至第6投影區域PA1001~PA1006各自之形狀(梯形)相似,可為包含各投影區域(第1視野光闌1043之開口)之梯形形狀之長方形。 The first field diaphragm 1043 has an opening that defines the shape of the first projection area PA1001. That is, the shape of the opening of the first field diaphragm 1043 defines the shape of the first projection area PA1001. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 6, when the first field diaphragm 1043 can be arranged on the intermediate image plane p1007, the opening shape of the first field diaphragm 1043 can be made trapezoidal as shown in the right diagram of FIG. 5 above. In each case, the shapes of the first to sixth illumination areas IR1006 may not be similar to the shapes (trapezoidal) of the first to sixth projection areas PA1001 to PA1006, and may include the openings of the projection areas (the first field diaphragm 1043). ) In a trapezoidal shape.
第2光學系1042與第1光學系1041為相同構成,設置成相對包含第1視野光闌1043之中間像面p1007與第1光學系1041成對稱。第2光學系1042之光軸(以下稱為第2光軸AX1004)與中心面p1003實質上正交。第2光學系1042具備第2偏向構件1057、第2透鏡群1058、以及第2凹面鏡1059。從第1光學系1041射出而通過第1視野光闌1043之成像光束EL2在第2偏向構件1057之第3反射面p1008反射,通過第2透鏡群1058射入第2凹面鏡1059。在第2凹面鏡1059反射之成像光束EL2,再度通過第2透鏡群1058,在第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009反射而射入倍率修正用光學構件1047。 The second optical system 1042 has the same configuration as the first optical system 1041, and is arranged symmetrically to the first optical system 1041 with respect to the intermediate image plane p1007 including the first field diaphragm 1043. The optical axis of the second optical system 1042 (hereinafter referred to as the second optical axis AX1004) is substantially orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The second optical system 1042 includes a second deflection member 1057, a second lens group 1058, and a second concave mirror 1059. The imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first optical system 1041 and passed through the first field stop 1043 is reflected by the third reflecting surface p1008 of the second deflection member 1057, and enters the second concave mirror 1059 through the second lens group 1058. The imaging light beam EL2 reflected by the second concave mirror 1059 passes through the second lens group 1058 again, is reflected by the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057, and is incident on the magnification correction optical member 1047.
第2光學系1042之第2偏向構件1057、第2透鏡群1058、第2凹面鏡1059分別與第1光學系1041之第1偏向構件1050、第1透鏡群1051、第1凹面鏡1052相同。第2偏向構件1057之第3反射面p1008與第2光軸AX1004所構成之角度θ 1003,與第1偏向構件1050之第2反射面p1005與第1光軸AX1003所構成之角度θ 1002實質上相同。又,第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009與第2光軸AX1004所構成之角度θ 1004,與第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004與第1光軸AX1003所構成之角度θ 1001實質上相同。屬於第2透鏡群1058之複數個透鏡之各個係繞第2光軸AX1004為軸對稱之形狀。 The second deflection member 1057, the second lens group 1058, and the second concave mirror 1059 of the second optical system 1042 are the same as the first deflection member 1050, the first lens group 1051, and the first concave mirror 1052 of the first optical system 1041, respectively. The angle θ 1003 formed by the third reflection surface p1008 of the second deflection member 1057 and the second optical axis AX1004, and the angle θ 1002 formed by the second reflection surface p1005 of the first deflection member 1050 and the first optical axis AX1003 the same. An angle θ 1004 between the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflecting member 1057 and the second optical axis AX1004, and an angle θ 1001 between the first reflecting surface p1004 of the second deflecting member 1050 and the first optical axis AX1003. Substantially the same. Each of the plurality of lenses belonging to the second lens group 1058 has an axisymmetric shape around the second optical axis AX1004.
第2凹面鏡1059配置於第2光學系1042之瞳面之位置或其近旁。 The second concave mirror 1059 is arranged at or near the pupil surface of the second optical system 1042.
通過第1視野光闌1043之成像光束EL2,往沿與中心面p1003平行之主光線之方向行進而射入第3反射面(平面)p1008。第3反射面p1008相對第2光學系1042之第2光軸AX1004(或面p1006或中間像面p1007)之傾斜角度θ 1003在XZ面內為45°,在此處反射之成像光束EL2,射入第2透鏡群1058之上半部分之視野區域。射入該第2透鏡群1058之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,成為與第2光軸AX1004平行,射入第2光軸AX1004與第2凹面鏡1059之交點。 The imaging light beam EL2 passing through the first field diaphragm 1043 travels in the direction of the principal ray parallel to the central plane p1003 and enters the third reflecting surface (plane) p1008. The inclination angle θ 1003 of the third reflecting surface p1008 with respect to the second optical axis AX1004 (or the plane p1006 or the intermediate image plane p1007) of the second optical system 1042 is 45 ° in the XZ plane, and the imaging beam EL2 reflected here is emitted. Enter the field of view of the upper half of the second lens group 1058. The main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 that has entered the second lens group 1058 becomes parallel to the second optical axis AX1004, and enters the intersection of the second optical axis AX1004 and the second concave mirror 1059.
在第2凹面鏡1059反射之成像光束EL2,與往第2凹面鏡1059射入前比較,係相對第2光軸AX1004對稱地行進。在第2凹面鏡1059反射之成像光束EL2,再度通過第2透鏡群1058之下半部分之視野區域,在第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009反射,往與中心面p1003交叉之方向行進。 The imaging light beam EL2 reflected by the second concave mirror 1059 travels symmetrically with respect to the second optical axis AX1004 as compared with the state before the incident on the second concave mirror 1059. The imaging light beam EL2 reflected by the second concave mirror 1059 passes through the field of view of the lower half of the second lens group 1058 again, is reflected by the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057, and travels in a direction crossing the center plane p1003.
從第2光學系1042射出並往第1投影區域PA1001之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3之行進方向,設定為相對包含第1視野光闌1043之中間像面p1007與從第1照明區域IR1001射入第1光學系1041之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3之行進方向成對稱。亦即,在XZ面內觀看時,第2偏向構件1057 之第4反射面p1009相對第2光軸AX1004之角度θ 1004,與先前之式(1)同樣地設定成滿足下述式(2)。 The direction of travel of the main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the second optical system 1042 toward the first projection area PA1001 is set relative to the middle image plane p1007 including the first field diaphragm 1043 and incident from the first illumination area IR1001. The traveling direction of the main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 of the first optical system 1041 is symmetrical. That is, when viewed in the XZ plane, the angle θ 1004 of the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 with respect to the second optical axis AX1004 is set to satisfy the following formula (2) in the same manner as the previous formula (1). .
θ 1004=45°-(θd/2)...(2) θ 1004 = 45 °-(θd / 2) ... (2)
藉此,從第2光學系1042射出之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,往基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001(圓筒面狀)之法線方向(往圖2中之旋轉中心線AX1002之方向)行進。 Thereby, the main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the second optical system 1042 is directed to the normal direction of the first projection area PA1001 (cylindrical surface) on the substrate P (to the center of rotation AX1002 in FIG. 2). Direction).
本實施形態中,聚焦修正光學構件1044、像移修正光學構件1045、旋轉修正機構1046及倍率修正用光學構件1047,構成調整第1投影模組PL1001之成像特性之成像特性調整機構。藉由控制成像特性調整機構,而能就每個投影模組調整在基板P上之投影像之投影條件。此處所指之投影條件,包含在基板P上之投影區域之並進位置或旋轉位置、倍率、聚焦中之1以上之項目。投影條件,能就同步掃描時相對基板P之投影區域之每一個位置來決定。藉由調整投影像之投影條件,而能修正與光罩M之圖案比較時之投影像之歪斜。此外,成像特性調整機構之構成能適當變更,能省略其至少一部分。 In this embodiment, the focus correction optical member 1044, the image shift correction optical member 1045, the rotation correction mechanism 1046, and the magnification correction optical member 1047 constitute an imaging characteristic adjustment mechanism that adjusts the imaging characteristics of the first projection module PL1001. By controlling the imaging characteristic adjustment mechanism, the projection conditions of the projection image on the substrate P can be adjusted for each projection module. The projection conditions referred to here include one or more of the projected area's parallel position or rotation position, magnification, and focus on the substrate P. The projection conditions can be determined for each position relative to the projection area of the substrate P during the synchronous scanning. By adjusting the projection conditions of the projection image, the distortion of the projection image when compared with the pattern of the mask M can be corrected. In addition, the configuration of the imaging characteristic adjustment mechanism can be appropriately changed, and at least a part thereof can be omitted.
聚焦修正光學構件1044例如係將兩片楔形之稜鏡逆向(圖6中於X方向為逆向)疊合成整體為透明之平行平板。藉由使此一對稜鏡不改變彼此對向之面間之間隔而於斜面方向滑動,即能改變作為平行平板之厚度。藉此微調第1光學系1041之實效光路長,並微調形成於中間像面p1007及投影區域PA1001之圖案像之聚焦狀態。 The focus-correcting optical member 1044 is, for example, a pair of wedge-shaped ridges (reverse direction in the X direction in FIG. 6) laminated into a transparent parallel plate as a whole. By making the pair of slugs slide in the direction of the oblique plane without changing the interval between the surfaces facing each other, the thickness as a parallel flat plate can be changed. Thereby, the effective optical path length of the first optical system 1041 is fine-tuned, and the focus state of the pattern image formed on the intermediate image plane p1007 and the projection area PA1001 is fine-tuned.
像移修正光學構件1045係以能在圖6中之XZ面內傾斜之透明平行平板玻璃與能傾斜於與其正交之方向之透明平行平板玻璃構成。藉由調整該兩片平行平板玻璃之各傾斜量,而能使形成於中間像面p1007及投影區域PA1001之圖案像微幅位移於X方向或Y方向。 The image shift correction optical member 1045 is composed of a transparent parallel plate glass that can be inclined in the XZ plane in FIG. 6 and a transparent parallel plate glass that can be inclined in a direction orthogonal thereto. By adjusting the respective inclination amounts of the two parallel plate glasses, the pattern image formed on the intermediate image plane p1007 and the projection area PA1001 can be slightly shifted in the X direction or the Y direction.
倍率修正用光學構件1047,係構成為例如將凹透鏡、凸透鏡、凹透鏡 之三片以既定間隔同軸配置,前後凹透鏡為固定,使其間之凸透鏡移動於光軸(主光線)方向。藉此,形成於投影區域PA1001之圖案像,可一邊維持遠心之成像狀態、一邊等方地擴大或縮小微小量。此外,構成倍率修正用光學構件1047之三片透鏡群之光軸,在XZ面內傾斜成與通過此處之主光線EL3平行。 The magnification correction optical member 1047 is configured by, for example, arranging three lenses of a concave lens, a convex lens, and a concave lens coaxially at a predetermined interval, and fixing the front and rear concave lenses so that the convex lenses therebetween move in the direction of the optical axis (principal light). Thereby, the pattern image formed in the projection area PA1001 can be enlarged or reduced by a small amount while maintaining a telecentric imaging state. In addition, the optical axes of the three lens groups constituting the optical element 1047 for magnification correction are inclined in the XZ plane so as to be parallel to the main light beam EL3 passing therethrough.
旋轉修正機構1046,例如係藉由致動器(圖示略)使第1偏向構件1050繞與第1光軸AX1003平行之軸微幅旋轉者。能藉由此旋轉修正機構1046,使形成於中間像面p1007之像在該中間像面p1007內微幅旋轉。 The rotation correction mechanism 1046 is, for example, a person who slightly rotates the first deflection member 1050 about an axis parallel to the first optical axis AX1003 by an actuator (not shown). By this rotation correction mechanism 1046, the image formed on the intermediate image plane p1007 can be rotated slightly within the intermediate image plane p1007.
如上述,從第1投影模組PL1001射出之成像光束EL2,係於配置於第2捲筒構件1022外周面之基板P之第1投影區域PA1001形成出現於第1照明區域IR1001之圖案之像。本實施形態中,通過第1照明區域IR1001中心之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,係從第1照明區域IR1001往法線方向射出,對第1投影區域PA1001從法線方向射入。以此方式,出現於圓筒面狀之第1照明區域IR1001之光罩M之圖案之像,被投影於圓筒面狀之基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001。又,出現於第2至第6照明區域IR1002~IR1006各自之圖案之像,亦同樣地被投影於圓筒面狀之基板P上之第2至第6投影區域PA1002~PA1006之各個。 As described above, the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first projection module PL1001 is an image of a pattern appearing in the first illumination region IR1001 on the first projection area PA1001 of the substrate P disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the second reel member 1022. In this embodiment, the main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 passing through the center of the first illumination area IR1001 is emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 in the normal direction, and is incident on the first projection area PA1001 from the normal direction. In this way, the image of the pattern of the mask M appearing in the first illuminated area IR1001 of the cylindrical surface is projected onto the first projection area PA1001 of the substrate P of the cylindrical surface. In addition, the images of the patterns appearing in the second to sixth illumination areas IR1002 to IR1006 are similarly projected on each of the second to sixth projection areas PA1002 to PA1006 on the cylindrical substrate P.
本實施形態中,如圖2、圖5所示,奇數之照明區域IR1001、IR1003、IR1005與偶數之照明區域IR1002、IR1004、IR1006,配置於相對中心面p1003為對稱之距離,且奇數之投影區域PA1001、PA1003、PA1005與偶數之投影區域PA1002、PA1004、PA1006,亦配置於相對中心面p1003為對稱之距離。因此,能將六個投影模組之各個全部作成相同構成,能共通化投影光學系之零件,簡化組裝步驟、檢查步驟,且能將各投影模組之成像特性(像差等)彙整成一樣。此點,特別是在藉由多透鏡方式在各個投影模組之投影區域間進行接續曝光之情形,形成於基板P上之面板用圖案之品質(轉印忠實度) 可不取決於面板內之位置或區域而保持為一定,係為有利。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, the odd-numbered lighting areas IR1001, IR1003, and IR1005 and the even-numbered lighting areas IR1002, IR1004, and IR1006 are arranged at a symmetrical distance from the center plane p1003, and the odd-numbered projection areas PA1001, PA1003, PA1005 and even projection areas PA1002, PA1004, PA1006 are also arranged at symmetrical distances from the center plane p1003. Therefore, each of the six projection modules can be made into the same structure, the components of the projection optical system can be shared, the assembly steps and inspection steps can be simplified, and the imaging characteristics (aberrations, etc.) of each projection module can be integrated into the same . In this regard, particularly in the case of successive exposures between the projection areas of each projection module by the multi-lens method, the quality (transfer fidelity) of the panel pattern formed on the substrate P may not depend on the position within the panel. It is advantageous to keep the area constant.
又,一般的曝光裝置,若投影區域彎曲成圓筒面狀,例如在成像光束從非垂直之方向射入投影區域時等,有時會因投影區域位置之不同而使散焦變大。其結果,有時會產生曝光不良,產生不良元件。 In addition, in a general exposure device, if the projection area is curved into a cylindrical shape, for example, when an imaging beam enters the projection area from a non-vertical direction, the defocus may be increased depending on the position of the projection area. As a result, there is a case where a poor exposure occurs and a defective element is generated.
本實施形態中,投影光學系PL(例如第1投影模組PL1001)之第1偏向構件1050(第1反射面p1004)及第2偏向構件1057(第4反射面p1009),係將主光線EL3偏向成從第1照明區域IR1001往法線方向射出之主光線EL3從法線方向被投射於第1投影區域PA1001。因此,基板處理裝置1011,能減少在投影區域PA1001內之投影像之聚焦誤差、特別是在圖5所示之各投影區域PA1001~PA1006內之投影像之最佳聚焦面整體從各投影模組PL1001~PL1006之焦深(Depth of Focus)之寬度大幅偏移,抑制曝光不良等之產生。其結果,可抑制元件製造系統1001之不良元件之產生。 In this embodiment, the first deflecting member 1050 (the first reflecting surface p1004) and the second deflecting member 1057 (the fourth reflecting surface p1009) of the projection optical system PL (for example, the first projection module PL1001) use the main light EL3 The main ray EL3 deflected so as to be emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 toward the normal direction is projected from the normal direction onto the first projection area PA1001. Therefore, the substrate processing apparatus 1011 can reduce the focus error of the projected image in the projection area PA1001, especially the optimal focus plane of the projected image in each of the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 shown in FIG. 5 from the entire projection module as a whole. The width of the Depth of Focus of PL1001 ~ PL1006 is greatly shifted to prevent the occurrence of poor exposure. As a result, the occurrence of defective components in the component manufacturing system 1001 can be suppressed.
本實施形態中,投影光學系PL由於包含配置於形成中間像之位置之第1視野光闌1043,因此能高精度地管理投影像之形狀等。因此,基板處理裝置1011,能減少例如第1至第6投影區域PA1001~PA1006之重疊誤差,抑制曝光不良等之產生。又,第1偏向構件1050之第2反射面p1005係將來自第1照明區域IR1001之主光線EL3偏向成與視野光闌1043正交。因此,基板處理裝置1011,能更高精度地管理投影像之形狀等。 In this embodiment, since the projection optical system PL includes the first field diaphragm 1043 arranged at the position where the intermediate image is formed, it is possible to accurately manage the shape and the like of the projected image. Therefore, the substrate processing apparatus 1011 can reduce, for example, overlapping errors of the first to sixth projection areas PA1001 to PA1006, and suppress the occurrence of poor exposure and the like. The second reflecting surface p1005 of the first deflecting member 1050 deflects the main ray EL3 from the first illumination area IR1001 so as to be orthogonal to the field diaphragm 1043. Therefore, the substrate processing apparatus 1011 can more accurately manage the shape and the like of the projected image.
又,本實施形態中,第1至第6投影模組PL1001~PL1006之各個,係將光罩M之圖案之像投影為正立像。因此,在基板處理裝置1011將光罩M之圖案分成第1至第6投影模組PL1001~PL1006來投影時,由於能進行將被投影投影像之區域(例如第3區域A1005及第4區域A1006)一部分重疊之接續曝光,因此光罩M之設計變得容易。 In this embodiment, each of the first to sixth projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 projects an image of the pattern of the mask M into an upright image. Therefore, when the substrate processing device 1011 divides the pattern of the photomask M into first to sixth projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 for projection, it is possible to perform projection of the projected area (for example, the third area A1005 and the fourth area A1006). ) Partially overlapped successive exposures make the design of the photomask M easy.
本實施形態中,基板處理裝置1011,由於係由搬送裝置1009一邊沿第2面p1002以一定速度連續搬送基板P、一邊由曝光裝置EX將基板P曝光, 因此能提高曝光處理之生產性。其結果,元件製造系統1001能以良好效率製造元件。 In this embodiment, since the substrate processing apparatus 1011 is configured to continuously convey the substrate P at a constant speed along the second surface p1002 by the transfer apparatus 1009 and expose the substrate P by the exposure apparatus EX, the productivity of the exposure process can be improved. As a result, the component manufacturing system 1001 can manufacture components with good efficiency.
此外,本實施形態中,第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005雖配置於相同之偏向構件(第1偏向構件1050)表面,但亦可配置於不同構件之表面。又,第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005之一方或雙方亦可配置於第1偏向構件1050之內面,而具有例如藉由全反射條件反射光之特性。 In addition, in the present embodiment, although the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 are arranged on the surface of the same deflection member (the first deflection member 1050), they may be arranged on the surfaces of different members. One or both of the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 may be disposed on the inner surface of the first deflection member 1050, and have a characteristic of reflecting light under the condition of total reflection, for example.
再者,如上述之與第1反射面p1004、第2反射面p1005相關之變形亦能適用於第3反射面p1008與第4反射面p1009之一方或雙方。例如在將第2面p1002之半徑r1002變更之情形等,第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009,係將角度θ 1004設定成成像光束EL2對第1投影區域PA1001從法線方向射入,並將配置設定成,第1投影區域PA1001與第2投影區域PA1002之中心點之間之圓弧狀周長,與光罩M(半徑r1001)上之對應之照明區域IR1001之中心點與照明區域IR1002之中心點之間之圓弧狀周長一致。 Furthermore, the above-mentioned deformations related to the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 can also be applied to one or both of the third reflection surface p1008 and the fourth reflection surface p1009. For example, when the radius r1002 of the second surface p1002 is changed, the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 is set to an angle θ 1004 such that the imaging beam EL2 enters the first projection area PA1001 from the normal direction. The arrangement is set such that the arc-shaped perimeter between the center points of the first projection area PA1001 and the second projection area PA1002, and the center point and lighting area of the lighting area IR1001 corresponding to the mask M (radius r1001). The arc-shaped perimeters between the center points of IR1002 are the same.
其次,說明第2實施形態。本實施形態中,有時會對與上述實施形態相同之構成要件賦予與上述實施形態相同之符號,簡化或省略其說明。 Next, a second embodiment will be described. In this embodiment, the same constituent elements as those in the above-mentioned embodiment may be given the same reference numerals as those in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the description thereof will be simplified or omitted.
圖7係顯示本實施形態之基板處理裝置1011構成之圖。本實施形態之搬送裝置1009,具備第1搬送滾筒1030、第1導引構件(空氣旋轉桿等)1031、第4搬送滾筒1071、第5搬送滾筒1072、第6搬送滾筒1073、第2導引構件(空氣旋轉桿等)1033、以及第2搬送滾筒1034。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the configuration of a substrate processing apparatus 1011 according to this embodiment. The transfer device 1009 of this embodiment includes a first transfer roller 1030, a first guide member (such as an air rotating lever) 1031, a fourth transfer roller 1071, a fifth transfer roller 1072, a sixth transfer roller 1073, and a second guide. A member (such as an air rotating lever) 1033 and a second transfer drum 1034.
從搬送路徑上游往第1搬送滾筒1030搬送來之基板P,經由第1搬送滾筒1030往第1導引構件1031搬送。經由第1導引構件1031之基板P,經由第4搬送滾筒1071往第5搬送滾筒1072搬送。第5搬送滾筒1072其中心軸配置於中心面p1003上。經由第5搬送滾筒1072之基板P,經由第6搬送滾筒1073往第2導引構件1033搬送。 The substrate P transferred from the upstream of the transfer path to the first transfer roller 1030 is transferred to the first guide member 1031 via the first transfer roller 1030. The substrate P that has passed through the first guide member 1031 is transferred to the fifth transfer roller 1072 through the fourth transfer roller 1071. The fifth conveyance roller 1072 has its central axis disposed on a central plane p1003. The substrate P passing through the fifth transporting roller 1072 is transported to the second guide member 1033 via the sixth transporting roller 1073.
第6搬送滾筒1073相對中心面p1003配置成與第4搬送滾筒1071對稱。經由第2導引構件1033之基板P經由第2搬送滾筒1034往搬送路徑之下游搬送。第1導引構件1033及第2導引構件1033與先前圖2所示之第1導引構件1031及第2導引構件1033同樣地,在搬送路徑中調整作用於基板P之張力。 The sixth conveyance roller 1073 is arranged symmetrically to the fourth conveyance roller 1071 with respect to the center plane p1003. The substrate P that has passed through the second guide member 1033 is conveyed downstream of the conveyance path through the second conveyance roller 1034. The first guide member 1033 and the second guide member 1033 adjust the tension acting on the substrate P in the transport path in the same manner as the first guide member 1031 and the second guide member 1033 shown in FIG. 2.
圖7中之第1投影區域PA1001,設定於在第4搬送滾筒1071與第5搬送滾筒1072間被直線搬送之基板P上。在第4搬送滾筒1071與第5搬送滾筒1072之間,基板P被支承成於搬送方向被賦予既定張力,基板P沿平面狀之第2面p1002被移送。 The first projection area PA1001 in FIG. 7 is set on the substrate P that is linearly transferred between the fourth transfer roller 1071 and the fifth transfer roller 1072. Between the fourth transfer roller 1071 and the fifth transfer roller 1072, the substrate P is supported so as to be given a predetermined tension in the transfer direction, and the substrate P is transferred along the planar second surface p1002.
第1投影區域PA1001(第2面p1002)傾斜成相對中心面p1003為非垂直。第1投影區域PA1001之法線方向(以下稱為第1法線方向D1003),配置成相對與中心面p1003正交之面、例如圖6亦有顯示之中間像面p1007而與第1徑方向D1001成對稱。從第1投影模組PL1001射出之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,對第1投影區域PA1001從第1法線方向D1003射入。換言之,第4搬送滾筒1071與第5搬送滾筒1072被配置成,架設於第4搬送滾筒1071與第5搬送滾筒1072之基板P之第1法線方向D1003,相對與中心面p1003正交之中間像面p1007而與第1徑方向D1001成對稱。 The first projection area PA1001 (the second surface p1002) is inclined so as to be non-vertical with respect to the center surface p1003. The normal direction of the first projection area PA1001 (hereinafter referred to as the first normal direction D1003) is arranged opposite to the plane orthogonal to the central plane p1003, for example, the intermediate image plane p1007 also shown in FIG. 6 and the first radial direction. D1001 is symmetrical. The main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first projection module PL1001 enters the first projection area PA1001 from the first normal direction D1003. In other words, the fourth transport roller 1071 and the fifth transport roller 1072 are arranged so as to be mounted on the first normal direction D1003 of the substrate P on the fourth transport roller 1071 and the fifth transport roller 1072, with respect to the middle orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The image plane p1007 is symmetrical to the first radial direction D1001.
第2投影區域PA1002,設定於在第5搬送滾筒1072與第6搬送滾筒1073間被直線搬送之基板P上。基板P在第5搬送滾筒1072與第6搬送滾筒1073之間,被支承成被賦予一定張力,基板P沿平面狀之第2面p1002被移送。 The second projection area PA1002 is set on the substrate P that is linearly transported between the fifth transporting roller 1072 and the sixth transporting roller 1073. The substrate P is supported between the fifth transfer roller 1072 and the sixth transfer roller 1073 so as to be given a certain tension, and the substrate P is transferred along the planar second surface p1002.
第2投影區域PA1002傾斜成相對中心面p1003為非垂直。第2投影區域PA1002之法線方向(以下稱為第2法線方向D1004),配置成相對與中心面p1003正交之中間像面p1007而與第2徑方向D1002成對稱。從第2投影模組PL1002射出之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3,對第2投影區域PA1002從第2法線方向D1004射入。換言之,第5搬送滾筒1072與第6搬送滾筒 1073被配置成,架設於第5搬送滾筒1072與第6搬送滾筒1073之基板P之第2法線方向D1004,相對與中心面p1003正交之中間像面p1007而與第2徑方向D1002成對稱。 The second projection area PA1002 is inclined so as to be non-vertical with respect to the center plane p1003. The normal direction of the second projection area PA1002 (hereinafter referred to as the second normal direction D1004) is arranged symmetrically to the second radial direction D1002 with respect to the intermediate image plane p1007 orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The main ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the second projection module PL1002 enters the second projection area PA1002 from the second normal direction D1004. In other words, the fifth transporting roller 1072 and the sixth transporting roller 1073 are arranged so as to be mounted on the second normal direction D1004 of the substrate P between the fifth transporting roller 1072 and the sixth transporting roller 1073, relatively to the middle orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The image plane p1007 is symmetrical to the second radial direction D1002.
本實施形態之基板處理裝置1011係藉由第4搬送滾筒1071、第5搬送滾筒1072、以及第6搬送滾筒1073使先前圖2所示之圓筒面狀之第2面p1002接近近似的平面,各投影區域PA1001~PA1006中投影於基板P上之圖案像之轉印忠實度,從焦深(DOF)之觀點來看更為提昇。又,如先前圖2所示,與為了支承與搬送基板P而使用半徑r1002之第2捲筒構件1022之情形相較,能將搬送裝置1009整體之Z方向高度抑制地更低,能使裝置整體小型。 In the substrate processing apparatus 1011 of this embodiment, the second conveying roller 1071, the fifth conveying roller 1072, and the sixth conveying roller 1073 bring the second surface p1002 of the cylindrical surface shape shown in FIG. 2 closer to an approximate plane, The fidelity of the transfer of the pattern image projected on the substrate P in each of the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 is further improved from the viewpoint of depth of focus (DOF). In addition, as shown in FIG. 2, compared with the case where the second reel member 1022 having a radius r1002 is used to support and transfer the substrate P, the height of the Z direction of the entire transfer device 1009 can be suppressed to be lower, and the device can be made smaller. Overall small.
又,圖7之裝置構成中,第4搬送滾筒1071、第5搬送滾筒1072、以及第6搬送滾筒1073係搬送裝置1009之一部分,且兼作為支承曝光對象之基板P之支承構件(曝光裝置EX側之基板載台)。此外,亦可於第4搬送滾筒1071與第5搬送滾筒1072之間、第5搬送滾筒1072與第6搬送滾筒1073之間,設置藉由流體軸承以非接觸方式平面支承基板P之背面側之貝努伊方式之墊板,使各投影區域PA1001~PA1006所位於之基板P之局部區域之平坦性更加提高。 In the device configuration of FIG. 7, the fourth conveying roller 1071, the fifth conveying roller 1072, and the sixth conveying roller 1073 are part of the conveying device 1009, and also serve as a supporting member for supporting the substrate P to be exposed (exposure device EX). Side of the substrate stage). In addition, between the fourth transfer roller 1071 and the fifth transfer roller 1072, and between the fifth transfer roller 1072 and the sixth transfer roller 1073, a back surface side of the substrate P may be supported in a non-contact plane by a fluid bearing. The padding method of the Benui method makes the flatness of a partial area of the substrate P where each projection area PA1001 ~ PA1006 is located more improved.
再者,圖7所示之搬送裝置1009之搬送滾筒之至少一個,亦可對投影光學系PL為固定,亦可為可動。例如,第5搬送滾筒1072亦可在包含平行於X軸方向之並進方向、平行於Y軸方向之並進方向、以及平行於Z軸方向之並進方向之三個並進方向與繞平行於X軸方向之軸之旋轉方向、繞平行於Y軸方向之軸之旋轉方向、以及繞平行於Z軸方向之軸之旋轉方向之三個旋轉方向之六方向中(六自由度)之至少一方向(一自由度)微幅移動。或者,亦可藉由相對第5搬送滾筒1072調整第4搬送滾筒1071與第6搬送滾筒1073之一方或雙方之Z軸方向之相對位置,來微調第1投影區域PA1001之第1法線方向D1003或第2投影區域PA1002之第2法線方向D1004與被 平面化支承之基板P之表面所構成之角度。如此,藉由使被選擇之滾筒微幅移動,而能高精度地使相對各投影區域PA1001~PA1006中之圖案投影像面之基板P表面姿勢一致。 In addition, at least one of the conveyance rollers of the conveyance device 1009 shown in FIG. 7 may be fixed to the projection optical system PL or movable. For example, the fifth conveying roller 1072 may include three parallel directions including a parallel direction parallel to the X-axis direction, a parallel direction parallel to the Y-axis direction, and a parallel direction parallel to the Z-axis direction and a direction parallel to the X-axis direction. At least one of the six directions (six degrees of freedom) (six degrees of freedom) of the three directions of rotation (six degrees of freedom) about the rotation direction of the axis parallel to the Y-axis direction, and the three rotation directions of the rotation direction about the axis parallel to the Z-axis direction. Degrees of freedom) move slightly. Alternatively, the first normal direction D1003 of the first projection area PA1001 can be fine-tuned by adjusting the relative position of the Z-axis direction of one or both of the fourth conveying roller 1071 and the sixth conveying roller 1073 relative to the fifth conveying roller 1072. Or the angle formed by the second normal direction D1004 of the second projection area PA1002 and the surface of the substrate P supported by the planarization. In this way, by slightly moving the selected roller, the posture of the surface of the substrate P with respect to the pattern projection image surface in each of the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 can be made uniform.
其次,說明第3實施形態。本實施形態中,有時會對與上述各實施形態相同之構成要件賦予與上述各實施形態相同之符號,簡化或省略其說明。 Next, a third embodiment will be described. In this embodiment, the same constituent elements as those in the above-mentioned embodiments may be given the same reference numerals as those in the above-mentioned embodiments, and descriptions thereof will be simplified or omitted.
圖8係顯示本實施形態之作為基板處理裝置1011之曝光裝置EX構成,基本構成與先前之圖7相同。不過,與圖7之構成相較差異點在於,設於投影光學系PL之各投影模組PL1001~PL1006內之第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009相對光軸AX1004之角度θ 1004設定為45°、藉由搬送裝置1009搬送之基板P在各投影區域PA1001~PA1006之位置被支承於與中心面p1003正交之平面(與圖8中之XY面平行)。 FIG. 8 shows the configuration of the exposure apparatus EX as the substrate processing apparatus 1011 in this embodiment, and the basic configuration is the same as that of the previous FIG. 7. However, the difference from the configuration of FIG. 7 lies in that the angle θ 1004 of the fourth reflection surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 provided in each of the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 of the projection optical system PL with respect to the optical axis AX1004 is set to The substrate P conveyed by the conveying device 1009 at 45 ° is supported on a plane orthogonal to the center plane p1003 (parallel to the XY plane in FIG. 8) at the position of each of the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006.
圖8之構成中,基板P從搬送路徑上游經由第1搬送滾筒1030、第1導引構件1031(空氣旋轉桿等)、第4搬送滾筒1071而往第8搬送滾筒1076搬送。經由第8搬送滾筒1076之基板P經由第2導引構件1033(空氣旋轉桿等)與第2搬送滾筒1034往搬送路徑之下游搬送。 In the configuration of FIG. 8, the substrate P is transferred from the upstream of the transfer path to the eighth transfer roller 1076 via the first transfer roller 1030, the first guide member 1031 (such as an air rotating lever), and the fourth transfer roller 1071. The substrate P that has passed through the eighth conveyance roller 1076 is conveyed downstream of the conveyance path through the second guide member 1033 (air rotating rod or the like) and the second conveyance roller 1034.
如圖8所示,在第4搬送滾筒1071與第8搬送滾筒1076之間,基板P伴隨既定張力被支承、搬送成與XY面平行。此情形下,支承基板P之第2面p1002為平面,於該第2面p1002內配置各投影區域PA1001~PA1006。 As shown in FIG. 8, between the 4th conveyance roller 1071 and the 8th conveyance roller 1076, the board | substrate P is supported with predetermined tension, and conveyed in parallel with an XY plane. In this case, the second surface p1002 of the support substrate P is a flat surface, and the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 are arranged in the second surface p1002.
又,在構成各投影模組PL1001~PL1006之第2光學系1042中,第2偏向構件1057之第3反射面p1008與第4反射面p1009配置成從第2光學系1042射出至基板P之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3實質上平行於中心面p1003。亦即,投影光學系PL(投影模組PL1001~PL1006)之第1偏向構件1050及第2偏向構件1057,將成像光路偏向成從圓筒面狀之各照明區域IR1001~IR1006射出於法線方向之各主光線EL3,係從法線方向射入設定於共通 平面上之各投影區域PA1001~PA1006。 Further, in the second optical system 1042 constituting each of the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006, the third reflective surface p1008 and the fourth reflective surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 are arranged so as to be imaged from the second optical system 1042 to the substrate P. The main ray EL3 of the light beam EL2 is substantially parallel to the center plane p1003. That is, the first deflecting member 1050 and the second deflecting member 1057 of the projection optical system PL (projection modules PL1001 to PL1006) deflect the imaging optical path so as to project from the cylindrical illumination areas IR1001 to IR1006 in a normal direction. Each of the principal rays EL3 enters the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 set on the common plane from the normal direction.
本實施形態中,在從平行於光罩M之第1中心軸AX1001之方向觀看之XZ面內,投影區域PA1001(及PA1003,PA1005)之中心點至投影區域PA1002(及PA1004,PA1006)之中心點之沿第2面p1002(基板P之表面)之距離DFx,設定為與照明區域IR1001(及IR1003,IR1005)之中心點至照明區域IR1002(及IR1004,IR1006)之中心點之沿第1面p1001(半徑r1001之圓筒面)之距離(弦長或周長)DMx實質上相等。 In this embodiment, the center point of the projection area PA1001 (and PA1003, PA1005) to the center of the projection area PA1002 (and PA1004, PA1006) in the XZ plane viewed from a direction parallel to the first central axis AX1001 of the mask M The distance DFx along the second surface p1002 (the surface of the substrate P) is set from the center point of the lighting area IR1001 (and IR1003, IR1005) to the center point of the lighting area IR1002 (and IR1004, IR1006) on the first surface. The distance (chord length or perimeter) DMx of p1001 (the cylindrical surface of radius r1001) is substantially equal.
此處,參照示意表示之圖9說明照明區域IR相互之位置關係與投影區域PA相互之位置關係。此外,圖9中,符號α係顯示第1徑方向D1001與第2徑方向D1002所構成之角度(孔徑角)[°],符號r係顯示第1面p1001之半徑[mm]。 Here, the positional relationship between the illumination areas IR and the projection area PA will be described with reference to FIG. 9 schematically shown. In FIG. 9, the symbol α indicates the angle (aperture angle) [°] formed by the first radial direction D1001 and the second radial direction D1002, and the symbol r indicates the radius [mm] of the first surface p1001.
圖9中,在XZ面內之照明區域IR1001之中心點至照明區域IR1002之中心點之周長DMx[mm],係使用角度α及半徑r以下述式(3)表示。 In FIG. 9, the circumference DMx [mm] from the center point of the illumination area IR1001 to the center point of the illumination area IR1002 in the XZ plane is expressed by the following formula (3) using the angle α and the radius r.
DMx=π‧α‧r/180...(3) DMx = π‧α‧r / 180 ... (3)
又,照明區域IR1001之中心點至照明區域IR1002之中心點之直線距離Ds以下述式(4)表示。 The straight line distance Ds from the center point of the illumination area IR1001 to the center point of the illumination area IR1002 is expressed by the following formula (4).
Ds=2‧r‧sin(π‧α/360)...(4) Ds = 2‧r‧sin (π‧α / 360) ... (4)
例如,在角度α為30°,半徑r為180mm時,周長DMx為約94.248mm,距離Ds為約93.175mm。亦即,若假定照明區域IR1001之中心點之X座標與投影區域PA1001之中心點之X座標一致、照明區域IR1002之中心點之X座標與投影區域PA1002之中心點之X座標一致,則在將在光罩M之圖案內於周方向分離周長DMx之兩點分別透過投影區域PA1001、PA1002投影於基板P時,該兩點會在基板P上於X方向以距離Ds(Ds<DMx)被曝光。亦即,若根據先前之數值例,其意指透過奇數之投影區域PA1001、PA1003、PA1005曝光於基板P上之圖案與透過偶數之投影區域PA1002、PA1004、 PA1006曝光於基板P上之圖案,在X方向會偏移最大1.073mm程度。 For example, when the angle α is 30 ° and the radius r is 180 mm, the perimeter DMx is about 94.248 mm and the distance Ds is about 93.175 mm. That is, if it is assumed that the X coordinate of the center point of the illumination area IR1001 is consistent with the X coordinate of the center point of the projection area PA1001, and the X coordinate of the center point of the illumination area IR1002 is consistent with the X coordinate of the center point of the projection area PA1002, In the pattern of the mask M, two points separated by the perimeter DMx in the circumferential direction are respectively projected on the substrate P through the projection areas PA1001 and PA1002, and the two points are separated by a distance Ds (Ds <DMx) on the substrate P in the X direction. exposure. That is, if according to the previous numerical example, it means that the pattern exposed on the substrate P through the odd projection areas PA1001, PA1003, PA1005 and the pattern exposed on the substrate P through the even projection areas PA1002, PA1004, PA1006, in The X direction will be offset by a maximum of 1.073mm.
因此,本實施態樣中,係從先前圖6所示之條件改變投影光學系PL內之特定光學構件之配置條件,以在被平面化之基板P上投影區域PA1001之中心點與投影區域PA1002之中心點之間之直線距離DFx與周長DMx實質上相等。 Therefore, in this embodiment, the arrangement conditions of specific optical components in the projection optical system PL are changed from the conditions shown in FIG. 6 previously, so that the center point of the projection area PA1001 and the projection area PA1002 are projected on the planarized substrate P. The straight line distance DFx between the center points and the perimeter DMx is substantially equal.
具體而言,係將第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009從先前圖6所示之位置往與光軸AX1004(X軸)平行之方向些許錯開,其結果設置成直線距離DFx與周長DMx一致。根據先前舉出之數值例,周長DMx與距離Ds之差分為1.073mm,可容易地將奇數之投影模組PL1001、PL1003、PL1005之各個所含之第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009之位置沿光軸AX1004往第2凹面鏡1059側平行移動1mm程度來配置。 Specifically, the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 is slightly shifted from the position shown in FIG. 6 to a direction parallel to the optical axis AX1004 (X axis), and as a result, the straight line distance DFx and the perimeter are set. DMx is consistent. According to the numerical example given earlier, the difference between the perimeter DMx and the distance Ds is 1.073mm, and the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 included in each of the odd-numbered projection modules PL1001, PL1003, and PL1005 can be easily replaced. The positions are shifted along the optical axis AX1004 toward the second concave mirror 1059 side by about 1 mm in parallel.
然而,若如此配置,關於第2偏向構件1057之構成(第4反射面p1009之配置)有時必須有與偶數之投影模組PL1002、PL1004、PL1006不同之零件。 However, in such a configuration, the configuration of the second deflecting member 1057 (the configuration of the fourth reflecting surface p1009) may have parts different from the even-numbered projection modules PL1002, PL1004, and PL1006.
因此,只要將搭載於所有投影模組PL1001~PL1006之第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009之位置沿光軸AX1004往第2凹面鏡1059側平行移動上述1mm之一半之0.5mm程度,即可謀求零件之共通化。 Therefore, as long as the position of the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 mounted on all the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 is moved parallel to the second concave mirror 1059 side along the optical axis AX1004 by about 0.5 mm, which is half of the above 1 mm, Seek commonality of parts.
圖10係顯示圖9說明之沿光罩M之圖案面(第1面p1001)之周長DMx與奇數與偶數之照明區域中心間之直線距離Ds之差分與角度α之相關之圖表,綜軸表示差分,橫軸表示孔徑角α。又,圖10之圖表中之複數曲線,係表示將光罩M之圖案面(圓筒面狀之第1面p1001)之半徑r改變為180mm、210mm、240mm、300mm之情形。如先前舉出數值例所說明般,角度α為30°、半徑r為180mm之情形,周長DMx為約94.248mm,距離Ds為約93.175mm,因此圖10之圖表之縱軸所示之差分為約1.073mm。 FIG. 10 is a graph showing the correlation between the difference between the perimeter DMx of the pattern surface of the mask M (the first surface p1001) and the linear distance Ds between the centers of the odd and even lighting areas illustrated in FIG. 9 and the angle α. Indicates the difference, and the horizontal axis indicates the aperture angle α. The plural curve in the graph of FIG. 10 shows a case where the radius r of the pattern surface (the first surface p1001 of a cylindrical shape) of the mask M is changed to 180 mm, 210 mm, 240 mm, and 300 mm. As explained in the numerical example, when the angle α is 30 ° and the radius r is 180mm, the perimeter DMx is about 94.248mm and the distance Ds is about 93.175mm. Therefore, the difference shown on the vertical axis of the graph in FIG. 10 It is about 1.073mm.
如圖10所示,光罩M之圖案面(第1面p1001)上之周長DMx與照明區域IR1001之中心點至照明區域IR1002之中心點之直線距離Ds之差分量, 由於會依第1面p1001之半徑r與角度α而變化,因此只要根據圖10之圖表之關係設定第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009之位置即可。 As shown in FIG. 10, the difference between the perimeter DMx on the pattern surface (the first surface p1001) of the reticle M and the straight line distance Ds from the center point of the illumination area IR1001 to the center point of the illumination area IR1002 depends on the first The radius r and the angle α of the surface p1001 change. Therefore, the position of the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 may be set according to the relationship of the graph in FIG. 10.
此外,為了使基板P上之直線距離DMx與光罩M上之周長DMx實質上相等,由於即使將第2偏向構件1057之第4反射面p1009之X方向位置配置成最佳,最終仍難以在超微米等級下一致,因此數μm~數十μm以下之剩餘差分,能藉由利用先前圖6中所示之像移修正光學構件1045來使投影像於X方向微幅位移,而能以充分之精度使直線距離DMx與周長DMx一致。 In addition, in order to make the linear distance DMx on the substrate P substantially equal to the perimeter DMx on the mask M, it is still difficult to arrange the X-direction position of the fourth reflecting surface p1009 of the second deflection member 1057 optimally. It is consistent at the ultra-micron level, so the residual difference of several μm to tens of μm or less can be used to slightly shift the projected image in the X direction by using the image shift correction optical member 1045 shown in FIG. 6 previously. Sufficient accuracy makes the straight line distance DMx coincide with the perimeter DMx.
如上述,利用像移修正光學構件1045來使投影像於X方向微幅位移,將各投影區域PA1001~PA1006調整成在光罩圖案面內之掃描曝光方向之兩物點之間隔距離(周長)與在該兩物點投影於基板P上時之各像點之掃描曝光方向之間隔距離(周長)在超微米等級下相等之方法,亦同樣地能在先前圖2~圖6之裝置構成、圖7之裝置構成中適用。 As described above, the image shift correction optical member 1045 is used to slightly shift the projected image in the X direction, and each projection area PA1001 to PA1006 is adjusted to the distance (perimeter) between the two object points in the scanning exposure direction within the mask pattern surface. The method of equalizing the separation distance (perimeter) of the scanning exposure direction of each image point when the two object points are projected on the substrate P is at the ultra-micron level, and it can also be used in the previous device of FIGS. 2 to 6 This configuration is applicable to the device configuration of FIG. 7.
其次,說明第4實施形態。圖11中,有時會對與上述各實施形態相同之構成要件賦予與上述各實施形態相同之符號,簡化或省略其說明。 Next, a fourth embodiment will be described. In FIG. 11, the same constituent elements as those in the above-mentioned embodiments may be assigned the same reference numerals as those in the above-mentioned embodiments, and the descriptions thereof may be simplified or omitted.
圖11係顯示本實施形態之作為基板處理裝置1011之曝光裝置EX構成之圖。本實施形態中,基板P之搬送裝置1009之構成與先前圖2所示之搬送裝置1009之構成相同。圖11所示之基板處理裝置1011之構成與先前圖2、圖7、圖8之各裝置構成之差異點在於,光罩M並非為旋轉圓筒光罩而為通常之透射型平面光罩、設於投影光學系PL之各投影模組PL1001~PL1006內之第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004相對光軸AX1003(面p1006)之角度θ 1001設定為45°等。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing the configuration of an exposure apparatus EX as a substrate processing apparatus 1011 in this embodiment. In this embodiment, the configuration of the transfer device 1009 for the substrate P is the same as the configuration of the transfer device 1009 previously shown in FIG. 2. The difference between the structure of the substrate processing device 1011 shown in FIG. 11 and the structures of the previous devices of FIG. 2, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8 is that the photomask M is not a rotating cylindrical photomask but a normal transmission type flat photomask, The angle θ 1001 of the first reflecting surface p1004 of the first deflecting member 1050 provided in each of the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 of the projection optical system PL with respect to the optical axis AX1003 (plane p1006) is set to 45 ° or the like.
圖11中,光罩保持裝置1012具備保持平面狀之光罩M之光罩載台1078、以及使光罩載台1078在與中心面p1003正交之面內沿X方向掃描移 動之移動裝置(圖示略)。 In FIG. 11, the mask holding device 1012 includes a mask stage 1078 that holds a planar mask M, and a moving device that scans and moves the mask stage 1078 in the X direction in a plane orthogonal to the center plane p1003. (Illustration omitted).
由於圖11之光罩M之圖案面係實質上與XY面平行之平面,因此投影模組PL1001~PL1006之光罩M側之各主光線EL3與XY面成垂直,照明光罩M上之各照明區域IR1001~IR1006之照明模組IL1001~IL1006之光軸(主光線)亦相對XY面成垂直。 Since the pattern surface of the mask M in FIG. 11 is a plane substantially parallel to the XY plane, the main light rays EL3 on the mask M side of the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 are perpendicular to the XY plane, and each of the illumination mask M The light axes (principal rays) of the illumination modules IL1001 to IL1006 in the illumination area IR1001 to IR1006 are also perpendicular to the XY plane.
本實施形態中,投影模組PL1001~PL1006之第1光學系1041所包含之第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005配置成從第1光學系1041射出之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3實質上與中心面p1003平行。亦即,投影模組PL1001~PL1006之各個所包含之第1偏向構件1050及第2偏向構件1057,係將成像光束EL2偏向成從光罩M上之各照明區域IR1001~IR1006往法線方向行進之主光線EL3從法線方向射入沿圓筒面之基板P上所形成之各投影區域PA1001~PA1006。 In this embodiment, the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 of the first deflection member 1050 included in the first optical system 1041 of the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 are arranged so as to form the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first optical system 1041. The principal ray EL3 is substantially parallel to the central plane p1003. That is, the first deflecting member 1050 and the second deflecting member 1057 included in each of the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 deflect the imaging beam EL2 so as to travel from the illumination areas IR1001 to IR1006 on the mask M in a normal direction. The main light rays EL3 enter the projection areas PA1001 to PA1006 formed on the substrate P along the cylindrical surface from the normal direction.
為此,第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005配置成正交,第1反射面p1004與第2反射面p1005均設定成相對第1光軸AX1003(XY面)實質上成45°。 Therefore, the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 of the first deflection member 1050 are arranged orthogonally, and the first reflection surface p1004 and the second reflection surface p1005 are both set substantially relative to the first optical axis AX1003 (XY plane) Up to 45 °.
又,第2偏向構件1057之第3反射面p1008配置成相對包含第2光軸AX1004且正交於中心面p1003之面(與XY面平行)與第4反射面p1009為非面對稱。又,第3反射面p1008與第2光軸AX1004所構成之角度θ 1003實質上為45°,第4反射面p1009與第2光軸AX1004所構成之角度θ 1004實質上為45°未滿,關於其角度θ 1004之設定,如先前圖6所說明者。 The third reflecting surface p1008 of the second deflecting member 1057 is arranged to be asymmetric to the fourth reflecting surface p1009 with respect to a plane (parallel to the XY plane) including the second optical axis AX1004 and orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The angle θ 1003 formed by the third reflection surface p1008 and the second optical axis AX1004 is substantially 45 °, and the angle θ 1004 formed by the fourth reflection surface p1009 and the second optical axis AX1004 is substantially 45 ° or less, The setting of the angle θ 1004 is as described in FIG. 6.
再者,本實施形態亦與先前圖9同樣地,在XZ面內觀看時,光罩M(第1面p1001)上之照明區域IR1001(及IR1003,IR1005)之中心點至照明區域IR1002(及IR1004,IR1006)之中心點之距離,設定為與圓筒面狀之基板P上之投影區域PA1001(及PA1003,PA1005)之中心點至第2投影區域PA1002(及PA1004,PA1006)之中心點之沿第2面p1002之沿圓筒面狀之第2面p1002之 長度(周長)實質上相等。 Moreover, this embodiment is also the same as the previous FIG. 9. When viewed in the XZ plane, the center point of the illumination area IR1001 (and IR1003, IR1005) on the mask M (first surface p1001) to the illumination area IR1002 (and The distance from the center point of IR1004, IR1006) is set to the center point of the projection area PA1001 (and PA1003, PA1005) on the cylindrical substrate P to the center point of the second projection area PA1002 (and PA1004, PA1006). The length (perimeter) of the second surface p1002 along the cylindrical surface along the second surface p1002 is substantially the same.
圖11所示之基板處理裝置1011亦同樣地,由先前圖2所示之控制裝置1014控制光罩保持裝置1012之移動裝置(掃描曝光用之線性馬達或微動用之致動器等),與第2捲筒構件1022之旋轉同步地驅動光罩載台1078。圖11所示之基板處理裝置1011,在以光罩M之往+X方向之同步移動進行掃描曝光後,必須有使光罩M返回-X方向之初期位置之動作(捲回)。因此在使第2捲筒構件1022以一定速度連續旋轉而將基板P以等速連續移送時,在光罩M之捲回動作之期間,不對基板P上進行圖案曝光,而會在基板P之搬送方向分散地(分離)形成面板用圖案。然而,於實用上,由於掃描曝光時之基板P之速度(此處為周速)與光罩M之速度係假定為50~100mm/s,因此在光罩M之捲回時只要將光罩載台1078以例如500mm/s之最高速驅動,則能縮小形成於基板P上之面板用圖案間在基板搬送方向之空白。 Similarly, the substrate processing apparatus 1011 shown in FIG. 11 controls the moving device (such as a linear motor for scanning exposure or an actuator for micro-movement) of the mask holding device 1012 by the control device 1014 shown in FIG. 2, and The rotation of the second reel member 1022 drives the photomask stage 1078 in synchronization with the rotation. After the substrate processing apparatus 1011 shown in FIG. 11 performs scanning exposure by synchronous movement of the reticle M in the + X direction, it is necessary to return (rewind) the reticle M to its initial position in the -X direction. Therefore, when the second reel member 1022 is continuously rotated at a constant speed and the substrate P is continuously transferred at a constant speed, during the rewinding operation of the photomask M, the pattern exposure is not performed on the substrate P, but the substrate P will be exposed on the substrate P. The pattern for the panel is dispersed (separated) in the conveying direction. However, in practice, since the speed of the substrate P (here, the peripheral speed) and the speed of the photomask M during scanning exposure are assumed to be 50 to 100 mm / s, it is only necessary to roll the photomask back when the photomask M is rolled back. When the stage 1078 is driven at a maximum speed of, for example, 500 mm / s, it is possible to reduce the gap between the patterns for the panel formed on the substrate P in the substrate conveyance direction.
其次,說明第5實施形態。圖12中,有時會對與上述各實施形態相同之構成要件賦予與上述各實施形態相同之符號,簡化或省略其說明。 Next, a fifth embodiment will be described. In FIG. 12, the same constituent elements as those in the above-mentioned embodiments may be assigned the same reference numerals as those in the above-mentioned embodiments, and descriptions thereof may be simplified or omitted.
圖12之光罩M雖使用與先前之圖2、圖7、圖8相同之圓筒狀之光罩M,但其係構成為在對照明光為高反射部分與低反射(光吸收)部分作成有圖案之反射型光罩。因此,無法利用如先前各實施態樣之透射型之照明裝置1013(照明光學系IL),必須有如從各投影模組PL1001~PL1006側往反射型光罩M投射照明光之落斜照明系之構成。 The mask M in FIG. 12 uses the same cylindrical mask M as in the previous FIG. 2, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8, but has a structure in which the illumination light has a high reflection portion and a low reflection (light absorption) portion. Patterned reflective mask. Therefore, it is not possible to use the transmissive lighting device 1013 (illumination optical system IL) as in the previous embodiments, and it is necessary to have the oblique lighting system that projects the illumination light from the projection modules PL1001 to PL1006 to the reflective mask M. Make up.
圖12中,於構成第1光學系1041之第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004與反射型之光罩M之間,設置偏光分束器PBS與1/4波長板PK。在先前圖6所示之各投影模組之構成中,雖於該位置設有聚焦修正光學構件1044與像移修正光學構件1045,但本實施態樣中,聚焦修正光學構件1044、像移修正光學構件1045移至中間像面p1007(視野光闌1043)之前方或 後方之空間。 In FIG. 12, a polarizing beam splitter PBS and a quarter-wavelength plate PK are provided between the first reflecting surface p1004 of the first deflecting member 1050 constituting the first optical system 1041 and the reflective mask M. In the structure of each projection module shown in FIG. 6 previously, although a focus correction optical member 1044 and an image shift correction optical member 1045 are provided at this position, in this embodiment, the focus correction optical member 1044 and the image shift correction The optical member 1045 is moved to a space in front of or behind the intermediate image plane p1007 (field diaphragm 1043).
偏光分束器PBS之波面分割面,依第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004相對光軸AX1003(面p6)之角度θ 1001(<45°),配置成相對中心面p1003傾斜角度α/2(θd)而相對從反射型之光罩M上之照明區域IR1001往徑方向(法線方向)行進之主光線EL3為約45°。 The wavefront splitting surface of the polarizing beam splitter PBS is arranged at an angle θ 1001 (<45 °) of the first reflecting surface p1004 of the first deflection member 1050 with respect to the optical axis AX1003 (plane p6), and is inclined at an angle α / to the central plane p1003. 2 (θd), and the main ray EL3 which travels in the radial direction (normal direction) from the illumination area IR1001 on the reflective mask M is about 45 °.
照明光束EL1例如從偏光特性佳之雷射光源射出,透過光束整形光學系或照度均一化光學系(複眼透鏡或棒狀元件等)等成為直線偏光(S偏光)射入偏光分束器PBS。在偏光分束器PBS之波面分割面反射照明光束EL1之大部分,照明光束EL1通過1/4波長板PK被轉換為圓偏光,將反射型光罩M上之照明區域IR1001照射成梯形或長方形。 The illumination beam EL1 is, for example, emitted from a laser light source having a good polarization characteristic, and passes through a beam-shaping optical system or an illumination uniformity optical system (such as a fly-eye lens or a rod-shaped element) to be linearly polarized (S-polarized) and enters the polarizing beam splitter PBS. Most of the illumination beam EL1 is reflected on the wavefront division surface of the polarizing beam splitter PBS. The illumination beam EL1 is converted into circularly polarized light by the 1/4 wavelength plate PK, and the illumination area IR1001 on the reflective mask M is irradiated into a trapezoid or a rectangle. .
在光罩M之圖案面(第1面p1001)反射之光(成像光束),再度通過1/4波長板PK被轉換為直線偏光(P偏光),大部分透射過偏光分束器PBS之波面分割面,射向第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004。該第1反射面p1004以後之構成或成像光束(主光線EL3)之光路與以先前圖6所說明者相同,在反射型光罩M上之照明區域IR1001內出現之反射部所形成之圖案之像被投影於投影區域PA1001內。 The light (imaging beam) reflected on the pattern surface (the first surface p1001) of the reticle M is converted into linear polarized light (P polarized light) again by the 1/4 wavelength plate PK, and most of it passes through the wavefront of the polarizing beam splitter PBS. The split surface is directed toward the first reflecting surface p1004 of the first deflecting member 1050. The structure of the first reflecting surface p1004 or later, or the optical path of the imaging beam (main light EL3) is the same as that described in FIG. 6 above, and the pattern formed by the reflecting portion appearing in the illumination area IR1001 on the reflective mask M The image is projected in the projection area PA1001.
如以上所述,本實施態樣中,僅於投影模組PL1001(及PL1002~PL1006)之第1光學系1041追加偏光分束器PBS與1/4波長板PK,即使係反射型之圓筒狀光罩,亦能簡單地實現落斜照明系。又,照明光束EL1構成為從相對在反射型光罩M反射之成像光束之主光線EL3方向為交叉之方向射入偏光分束器PBS,並射向反射型光罩M。因此,即使在多少有較小之偏光分束器PBS之P偏光與S偏光之消光比(分離特性)之情形,亦可避免成為雜光使照明光束EL1之一部分從偏光分束器PBS之波面分割面直接射向第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004、基板P之投影區域PA1001,能良好地保持投影曝光於基板P上之像之質(對比等),進行光罩圖案之忠實轉印。 As described above, in this embodiment, a polarizing beam splitter PBS and a quarter-wave plate PK are added to the first optical system 1041 of the projection module PL1001 (and PL1002 to PL1006), even if it is a reflective cylinder. It can also realize the oblique lighting system simply. In addition, the illumination light beam EL1 is configured to enter the polarizing beam splitter PBS from a direction in which the main light beam EL3 of the imaging light beam reflected on the reflection type mask M crosses, and is directed toward the reflection type mask M. Therefore, even in the case where the extinction ratio (separation characteristic) of the P polarized light and the S polarized light of the small polarizing beam splitter PBS is somewhat, it can be avoided that stray light causes a part of the illumination beam EL1 from the wavefront of the polarizing beam splitter PBS. The split surface directly strikes the first reflecting surface p1004 of the first deflection member 1050 and the projection area PA1001 of the substrate P, which can well maintain the quality (contrast, etc.) of the image projected on the substrate P, and faithfully turn the mask pattern. Seal.
圖13係顯示第6實施形態之投影光學系PL(第1投影模組PL1001)構成之圖。第1投影模組PL1001具備第3偏向構件(平面鏡)1120、第1透鏡群(等倍投影)1051、配置於瞳面之第1凹面鏡1052、第4偏向構件(平面鏡)1121、以及第5光學系(放大投影系)1122。配置照明區域IR(第1照明區域IR1001)之第1面p1001,係保持於圓筒面狀之第1捲筒構件1021之光罩M(透射型或反射型)之圖案面,為圓筒面。又,配置投影區域PA(第1投影區域PA1001)之基板P上之第2面p1002,在此處為平面。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system PL (a first projection module PL1001) according to a sixth embodiment. The first projection module PL1001 includes a third deflection member (planar mirror) 1120, a first lens group (equal magnification projection) 1051, a first concave mirror 1052 arranged on a pupil surface, a fourth deflection member (planar mirror) 1121, and fifth optics. System (magnification projection system) 1122. The first surface p1001 in which the illumination area IR (the first illumination area IR1001) is arranged is a pattern surface of the mask M (transmission type or reflection type) held on the first roll member 1021 in a cylindrical shape, and is a cylindrical surface. . The second surface p1002 on the substrate P on which the projection area PA (the first projection area PA1001) is arranged is a plane here.
此外,保持於第1捲筒構件1021(光罩支承構件)之光罩M,當為如先前之圖12之反射型之情形,於光罩M與第3偏向構件1120之間設有偏光分束器與1/4波長板。 In addition, when the mask M held by the first reel member 1021 (mask support member) is a reflective type as shown in FIG. 12 previously, a polarizing beam is provided between the mask M and the third deflection member 1120. Beam filter and 1/4 wavelength plate.
圖13中,從第1照明區域IR1001射出之成像光束EL2,在第3偏向構件1120之第5反射面p1017反射,射入第1透鏡群1051。射入第1透鏡群1051之成像光束EL2,在第1凹面鏡1052反射而被折返從第1透鏡群1051射出,射入第4偏向構件1121之第6反射面p1018。藉由第1透鏡群1051及第1凹面鏡1052,與上述實施形態同樣地以等倍形成出現於第1照明區域IR1001之光罩M之圖案之中間像。 In FIG. 13, the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 is reflected by the fifth reflection surface p1017 of the third deflection member 1120 and enters the first lens group 1051. The imaging light beam EL2 that has entered the first lens group 1051 is reflected by the first concave mirror 1052 and is returned to be emitted from the first lens group 1051 and enters the sixth reflection surface p1018 of the fourth deflection member 1121. The first lens group 1051 and the first concave mirror 1052 form the intermediate image of the pattern of the mask M appearing in the first illumination area IR1001 at the same magnification as in the above embodiment.
在第6反射面p1018反射之成像光束EL2,通過中間像之形成位置而射入第5光學系1122,通過第5光學系1122到達第1投影區域PA1001。第5光學系1122係將藉由第1透鏡群1051及第1凹面鏡1052形成之中間像以既定放大倍率(例如2倍以上)再成像於第1投影區域PA1001。 The imaging light beam EL2 reflected on the sixth reflection surface p1018 enters the fifth optical system 1122 through the formation position of the intermediate image, and reaches the first projection area PA1001 through the fifth optical system 1122. The fifth optical system 1122 is an image of the intermediate image formed by the first lens group 1051 and the first concave mirror 1052 on the first projection area PA1001 at a predetermined magnification (for example, 2 times or more).
圖13中,第3偏向構件1120之第5反射面p1017,相當於在圖6說明之第1偏向構件1050之第1反射面p1004,第4偏向構件1121之第6反射面p1018,相當於在圖6說明之第1偏向構件1050之第2反射面p1005。 In FIG. 13, the fifth reflecting surface p1017 of the third deflecting member 1120 corresponds to the first reflecting surface p1004 of the first deflecting member 1050 described in FIG. 6, and the sixth reflecting surface p1018 of the fourth deflecting member 1121 corresponds to FIG. 6 illustrates the second reflecting surface p1005 of the first deflecting member 1050.
在圖13所示之投影光學系,第3偏向構件1120與光罩M(圓筒面狀之 第1面p1001)之間之主光線EL3之延長線設定成通過光罩M之旋轉中心線AX1001,具有與被平面支承之基板P之表面(第2面p1002)垂直之光軸AX1008之第5光學系1122與基板P上之投影區域PA1001間之成像光束EL2之主光線EL3被設定成與第2面p1002垂直、亦即滿足遠心之成像條件。為了維持此種條件,圖13之投影光學系,具備使第3偏向構件1120或第4偏向構件1121在圖13中之XZ面內微幅旋轉之調整機構。 In the projection optical system shown in FIG. 13, the extension line of the main ray EL3 between the third deflection member 1120 and the mask M (the first surface p1001 in a cylindrical shape) is set to pass through the rotation center line AX1001 of the mask M The principal ray EL3 of the imaging beam EL2 between the fifth optical system 1122 having an optical axis AX1008 perpendicular to the surface (second surface p1002) of the substrate P supported by the plane and the projection area PA1001 on the substrate P is set to be equal to the first The two-sided p1002 is vertical, that is, it satisfies the telecentric imaging conditions. In order to maintain such conditions, the projection optical system of FIG. 13 is provided with an adjustment mechanism that rotates the third deflection member 1120 or the fourth deflection member 1121 slightly in the XZ plane in FIG. 13.
此外,第3偏向構件1120或第4偏向構件1121除了能在圖13中之YZ面內微幅旋轉以外,亦可構成為能往X軸方向或Z軸方向微幅移動、繞與Z軸平行之軸微幅旋轉。此情形下,能使被投影至投影區域PA1001內之像微幅位移於X方向或在XY面內微幅旋轉。 In addition, the third deflecting member 1120 or the fourth deflecting member 1121 can be slightly rotated in the YZ plane in FIG. 13, and can also be configured to move slightly in the X-axis direction or the Z-axis direction and be parallel to the Z-axis. The axis rotates slightly. In this case, the image projected into the projection area PA1001 can be slightly shifted in the X direction or rotated in the XY plane.
此外,投影模組PL1001整體雖為放大投影光學系,但亦可整體為等倍投影光學系,亦可為縮小投影光學系。此情形下,由於由第1透鏡群1051與第1凹面鏡1052構成之第1光學系為等倍系,因此只要將其後段之第5光學系1122之投影倍率改變為等倍或縮小即可。 In addition, although the entire projection module PL1001 is an enlarged projection optical system, the entire projection module PL1001 may be an equal magnification projection optical system or a reduced projection optical system. In this case, since the first optical system composed of the first lens group 1051 and the first concave mirror 1052 is an equal magnification system, the projection magnification of the fifth optical system 1122 in the subsequent stage may be changed to equal magnification or reduction.
圖14係顯示從Y軸方向觀看利用第6實施形態之投影光學系之變形例構成之圖,圖15係從X軸方向觀看圖14之構成之圖。圖14、圖15所示之投影光學系,係顯示將圖13之放大投影光學系於Y軸方向亦即圓筒面狀之光罩M之旋轉中心線AX1001之軸方向配置複數個而成為複數化之情形之變形例。 FIG. 14 is a view showing the configuration of a modification of the projection optical system using the sixth embodiment when viewed from the Y-axis direction, and FIG. 15 is a view showing the configuration of FIG. 14 when viewed from the X-axis direction. The projection optical system shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 shows that the magnified projection optical system of FIG. 13 is arranged in the Y-axis direction, that is, in the axial direction of the rotation center line AX1001 of the cylindrical surface mask M, and becomes plural. Variations of the situation.
本變形例之投影光學系PL,如圖15所示,具備第1投影模組PL1001及第2投影模組PL1002。第2投影模組PL1002係與第1投影模組PL1001相同之構成,如圖14所示,雖相對中心面p1003配置成與第1投影模組PL1001對稱,但於圖14中之Y軸方向,如圖15所示係彼此分離。 As shown in FIG. 15, the projection optical system PL of this modification includes a first projection module PL1001 and a second projection module PL1002. The second projection module PL1002 has the same structure as the first projection module PL1001. As shown in FIG. 14, although it is arranged symmetrically to the first projection module PL1001 with respect to the center plane p1003, it is in the Y-axis direction in FIG. 14. They are separated from each other as shown in FIG. 15.
第1投影模組PL1001,如圖14所示,具備接收來自光罩M上之照明 區域IR1001之成像光束之第3偏向構件1120A、第1透鏡群1051A、第1凹面鏡1052A、第4偏向構件1121A、以及第5光學系(放大成像系)1122A。 As shown in FIG. 14, the first projection module PL1001 includes a third deflection member 1120A, a first lens group 1051A, a first concave mirror 1052A, and a fourth deflection member 1121A that receive an imaging beam from an illumination area IR1001 on the mask M. And a fifth optical system (magnification imaging system) 1122A.
圖14、圖15所示之投影模組PL1001,與先前之各投影光學系(圖6或圖13)相較,改變了光罩M與第3偏向構件1120A間之主光線之傾斜方向。亦即,圖6之第1偏向構件1050之反射面p1004或圖13之第3偏向構件1120之反射面,係使來自光罩M之照明區域IR1001之主光線EL3以鈍角(90°以上)偏向成與以第1透鏡群1051(1051A)與第1凹面鏡1052(1052A)構成之第1光學系之光軸AX1003成平行,相較於此,圖14之構成中,係以鈍角(90°未滿)偏向成來自照明區域IR1001之主光線EL3與第1光學系之光軸成平行。 The projection module PL1001 shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 changes the inclination direction of the main ray between the mask M and the third deflection member 1120A compared with the previous projection optical systems (FIG. 6 or FIG. 13). That is, the reflection surface p1004 of the first deflection member 1050 in FIG. 6 or the reflection surface p1004 of the third deflection member 1120 in FIG. 13 causes the main light EL3 from the illumination area IR1001 of the mask M to be deflected at an obtuse angle (90 ° or more). It is parallel to the optical axis AX1003 of the first optical system composed of the first lens group 1051 (1051A) and the first concave mirror 1052 (1052A). In contrast, in the configuration of FIG. Full) The main ray EL3 from the illumination area IR1001 is parallel to the optical axis of the first optical system.
第2投影模組PL1002,同樣地如圖14所示,具備接收來自光罩M上之照明區域IR1002之成像光束之第3偏向構件1120B、第1透鏡群1051B、第1凹面鏡1052B、第4偏向構件1121B、以及第5光學系(放大成像系)1122B。 As shown in FIG. 14, the second projection module PL1002 includes a third deflection member 1120B, a first lens group 1051B, a first concave mirror 1052B, and a fourth deflection, which receive the imaging beam from the illumination area IR1002 on the mask M. The member 1121B and the fifth optical system (magnification imaging system) 1122B.
圖14、圖15所示之投影模組PL1001,PL1002,整體為放大投影光學系,如圖15所示,配置第1照明區域IR1001之光罩M(第1捲筒構件1021)上之第1區域A1001與配置第2照明區域IR1002之光罩M(第1捲筒構件1021)上之第2區域A1002係在Y方向彼此分離。然而,藉由將投影模組PL1001,PL1002之放大倍率適切地決定,來將投影於基板P上之投影區域PA1001之第1區域A1001之第3區域A1005(像區域)與投影於基板P上之投影區域PA1002之第2區域A1002之第4區域A1006(像區域)設定為在YZ面內觀看時於Y方向一部分重疊之關係。藉此,光罩M(第1捲筒構件1021)上之第1區域A1001與第2區域A1002,在基板P上連結於Y方向而形成,而能投影曝光大面板用圖案。 The projection modules PL1001 and PL1002 shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 are magnified projection optical systems as a whole. As shown in FIG. 15, the first mask on the first illumination area IR1001 (the first reel member 1021) is arranged. The area A1001 and the second area A1002 on the mask M (the first reel member 1021) in which the second illumination area IR1002 is arranged are separated from each other in the Y direction. However, by appropriately determining the magnifications of the projection modules PL1001 and PL1002, the first area A1001 and the third area A1005 (image area) of the projection area PA1001 projected on the substrate P and the projection area PA1001 and the projected area on the substrate P are projected. The second area A1002 and the fourth area A1006 (image area) of the projection area PA1002 are set in a relationship in which they partially overlap in the Y direction when viewed in the YZ plane. Thereby, the first area A1001 and the second area A1002 on the photomask M (the first reel member 1021) are formed by being connected to the Y direction on the substrate P, and a pattern for exposing a large panel can be projected.
如以上所述,具備圖14、圖15所示之投影光學系PL之基板處理裝置,將以先前圖13所示之投影光學系相對中心面p1003配置成對稱,而與於Y 軸方向配置複數個之情形相較,能使投影光學系整體之X方向寬度尺寸較小,作為處理裝置亦能使X方向尺寸較小。 As described above, the substrate processing apparatus provided with the projection optical system PL shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 is arranged symmetrically with respect to the center plane p1003 of the projection optical system shown in FIG. 13 previously, and is arranged in a plural number with respect to the Y-axis direction. Compared with each case, the width dimension in the X direction of the entire projection optical system can be made smaller, and the size in the X direction can also be made smaller as a processing device.
此外,在先前之圖9亦有說明,在XZ面內觀看之圖14中,規定於光罩M(第1捲筒構件1021)上之照明區域IR1001與照明區域IR1002之各中心點間之周長DMx與基板P上之對應之投影區域PA1001、PA1002之各中心點之距離DFx,在將投影光學系之放大倍率設為Mp時,係設定為DFx=Mp‧DMx之關係。 In addition, as described in FIG. 9 previously, in FIG. 14 viewed in the XZ plane, the circumference between the center points of the illumination area IR1001 and the illumination area IR1002 on the reticle M (the first reel member 1021) is specified. The distance DFx between the long DMx and each center point of the corresponding projection areas PA1001 and PA1002 on the substrate P is set to the relationship of DFx = Mp‧DMx when the magnification of the projection optical system is set to Mp.
圖16係顯示第7實施態樣之投影光學系構成之圖。來自形成於圓筒狀之第1面p1001(光罩圖案面)之第1照明區域IR1001之成像光束EL2係射入第6光學系1131,通過第6光學系1131而在第7偏向構件(平面鏡)1132之第9反射面p1022反射之成像光束EL2,到達配置第1視野光闌1043之中間像面p1007,於此中間像面p1007形成光罩M之圖案之像。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system according to a seventh embodiment. The imaging beam EL2 from the first illumination area IR1001 formed on the cylindrical first surface p1001 (mask pattern surface) enters the sixth optical system 1131, and passes through the sixth optical system 1131 to the seventh deflection member (planar mirror). The imaging beam EL2 reflected by the ninth reflecting surface p1022 of 1132 reaches the middle image plane p1007 where the first field diaphragm 1043 is arranged, and the middle image plane p1007 forms an image of the pattern of the mask M.
通過中間像面p1007之成像光束EL2在第8偏向構件(平面鏡)1133之第10反射面p1023反射,通過第7光學系1134到達沿圓筒狀之第2面p1002被支承之基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001。圖16之第1投影模組PL1001,係將在第1照明區域IR1001之光罩M之圖案之像作為正立像投影於第1投影區域PA1001。 The imaging beam EL2 passing through the intermediate image plane p1007 is reflected by the tenth reflecting surface p1023 of the eighth deflection member (planar mirror) 1133, and reaches the first through the seventh optical system 1134 on the substrate P supported along the cylindrical second surface p1002 1 Projection area PA1001. The first projection module PL1001 in FIG. 16 is an image of the pattern of the mask M in the first illumination area IR1001 as an erect image and is projected on the first projection area PA1001.
圖16中,第6光學系1131係等倍之成像光學系,其光軸AX1010與通過第1照明區域IR1001中心之成像光束EL2之主光線實質上同軸。換言之,光軸AX1010係與圖4或圖7~9所示之第1徑方向D1001實質上平行。 In FIG. 16, the sixth optical system 1131 is an imaging optical system of equal magnification, and its optical axis AX1010 is substantially coaxial with the main ray of the imaging beam EL2 passing through the center of the first illumination area IR1001. In other words, the optical axis AX1010 is substantially parallel to the first radial direction D1001 shown in FIG. 4 or FIGS. 7 to 9.
第7光學系1134係等倍之成像光學系,將第6光學系1131所形成之中間像再成像於第1投影區域PA1001。第7光學系1134之光軸AX1011與通過第1投影區域PA1001中心之圓筒狀之第2面p1002之第1法線方向(徑方向)D1003實質上平行。 The seventh optical system 1134 is an imaging optical system of the same magnification, and the intermediate image formed by the sixth optical system 1131 is imaged on the first projection area PA1001. The optical axis AX1011 of the seventh optical system 1134 is substantially parallel to the first normal direction (radial direction) D1003 of the cylindrical second surface p1002 passing through the center of the first projection area PA1001.
本實施形態中,兩個偏向構件1132、1133,係在圖16中之XZ面中隔著中間像面p1007配置成對稱。為了說明簡便,亦考量於第6光學系1131之光軸AX1010與第7光學系1134之光軸AX1011交叉之位置形成中間像面,於該中間像面之位置配置具有與YZ面平行之反射面之一片平面鏡,而將光路彎折之情形。然而,當能以一片平面鏡來處理時,在圖16之XZ面內,第6光學系1131之光軸AX1010與第7光學系1134之光軸AX1011所構成之角度較90°大之情形,該以一片平面鏡與各光軸AX1010,AX1011所構成之角度成為45°未滿之銳角,成像特性並不大好。例如,若光軸AX1010、AX1011所構成之角度成為140°左右,一片平面鏡之反射面與各光軸AX1010、AX1011所構成之角度成為20°。因此,若如圖16所示使用兩片偏向構件(平面鏡)1132、1133將光路彎折,則可緩和此種問題。 In this embodiment, the two deflection members 1132 and 1133 are arranged symmetrically on the XZ plane in FIG. 16 with the intermediate image plane p1007 interposed therebetween. For the sake of simplicity, it is also considered that an intermediate image plane is formed at a position where the optical axis AX1010 of the sixth optical system 1131 and the optical axis AX1011 of the seventh optical system 1134 intersect, and a reflective surface parallel to the YZ plane is arranged at the position of the intermediate image plane. A plane mirror, and the light path is bent. However, when it can be processed by a flat mirror, in the XZ plane of FIG. 16, the angle formed by the optical axis AX1010 of the sixth optical system 1131 and the optical axis AX1011 of the seventh optical system 1134 is larger than 90 °. The angle formed by a piece of flat mirror and each optical axis AX1010, AX1011 becomes an acute angle of less than 45 °, and the imaging characteristics are not very good. For example, if the angle formed by the optical axes AX1010 and AX1011 becomes about 140 °, the angle formed by the reflection surface of a flat mirror and each optical axis AX1010 and AX1011 becomes 20 °. Therefore, if two light deflecting members (planar mirrors) 1132, 1133 are used to bend the optical path as shown in FIG. 16, such a problem can be alleviated.
此外,圖16之構成中,亦可將第6光學系1131作為放大倍率Mf之成像透鏡,將第7光學系1134作為縮小倍率1/Mf之成像透鏡,整體為等倍之投影系。相反地,亦可將第6光學系1131作為縮小倍率1/Mf之成像透鏡,將第7光學系1134作為放大倍率Mf之成像透鏡,整體為等倍之投影系。 In addition, in the configuration of FIG. 16, the sixth optical system 1131 may be used as the imaging lens with magnification Mf, the seventh optical system 1134 may be used as the imaging lens with reduced magnification 1 / Mf, and the entire projection system may be equal. Conversely, the sixth optical system 1131 may be used as an imaging lens with a reduction ratio of 1 / Mf, and the seventh optical system 1134 may be used as an imaging lens with a magnification of Mf.
圖17係顯示第8實施態樣之投影光學系PL(第1投影模組PL1001)構成之圖。基本之光學系之構成雖與先前圖16所示者相同,但相異點在於進一步追加了兩個偏向構件(平面鏡)1140、1143。 FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system PL (first projection module PL1001) according to an eighth embodiment. Although the basic optical system has the same structure as that shown in FIG. 16 above, the difference is that two deflection members (planar mirrors) 1140 and 1143 are further added.
圖17中,相當於圖16中之成像光學系1131之第8光學系1135係以第3透鏡1139與第4透鏡1141構成,其光軸,設定為與從沿圓筒面狀之第1面p1001被支承之光罩M上之第1照明區域IR1001中心往法線方向射出之成像光束EL2之主光線實質上平行。於第3透鏡1139與第4透鏡1141之間形成第8光學系1135之瞳面,於該位置設有第11偏向構件(平面鏡)1140。 In FIG. 17, the eighth optical system 1135 corresponding to the imaging optical system 1131 in FIG. 16 is composed of a third lens 1139 and a fourth lens 1141, and the optical axis is set to be the same as the first surface along the cylindrical surface. The main rays of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the center of the first illumination area IR1001 on the supported mask M of p1001 toward the normal direction are substantially parallel. A pupil surface of the eighth optical system 1135 is formed between the third lens 1139 and the fourth lens 1141, and an eleventh deflection member (planar mirror) 1140 is provided at this position.
從第1照明區域IR1001射出而通過第3透鏡1139之成像光束EL2,在第11偏向構件1140之第13反射面p1026以90°或接近其之角度被彎折,射入第4透鏡1141,在相當於圖16中之偏向構件1132之第9偏向構件(平面鏡)1136之第11反射面p1024反射,到達配置於中間像面p1007之視野光闌1043。藉此,第8光學系1135將出現於第1照明區域IR1001內之光罩M之圖案之像形成於中間像面p1007之位置。 The imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 and passed through the third lens 1139 is bent at a angle of 90 ° or close to the thirteenth reflection surface p1026 of the eleventh deflection member 1140, and enters the fourth lens 1141. Corresponding to the ninth deflecting member (planar mirror) 1136 of the ninth deflecting member 1132 in FIG. 16, the eleventh reflecting surface p1024 reflects and reaches the field diaphragm 1043 disposed on the middle image plane p1007. Thereby, the eighth optical system 1135 forms the image of the pattern of the mask M appearing in the first illumination area IR1001 at the position of the intermediate image plane p1007.
此外,第8光學系1135係等倍之成像光學系,中間像面p1007構成為與中心面p1003正交。又,第3透鏡1139之光軸與從第1照明區域IR1001中心往法線方向(圓筒狀之第1面p1001之半徑方向)射出之成像光束EL2之主光線實質上同軸或平行。 In addition, the eighth optical system 1135 is an imaging optical system of equal magnification, and the intermediate image plane p1007 is configured to be orthogonal to the central plane p1003. The optical axis of the third lens 1139 is substantially coaxial or parallel to the main light beam of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the center of the first illumination area IR1001 toward the normal direction (radial direction of the cylindrical first surface p1001).
圖17之第9光學系1138與第8光學系1135為相同構成,配置成相對包含第1視野光闌1043且與中心面p1003實質上正交之中間像面p1007與第8光學系1135成對稱。第8光學系1135之光軸(以下稱為第2光軸AX1004)與中心面p1003實質上正交。經由第8光學系1135與第9偏向構件1136而通過視野光闌1043之成像光束EL2,在第10偏向構件(平面鏡)1137之第12反射面p1025被反射,通過構成第9光學系1138之第5透鏡1142、配置於瞳位置之第12偏向構件1143、以及第6透鏡1144,到達沿圓筒狀之第2面p1002被支承之基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001。圖17之構成中,第6透鏡1144之光軸設定為與相對第1投影區域PA1001往法線方向(圓筒狀之第2面p1002之半徑方向)行進之成像光束EL2之主光線實質上同軸或平行。 The ninth optical system 1138 of FIG. 17 has the same configuration as the eighth optical system 1135, and is arranged so as to be symmetrical to the eighth optical system 1135 with respect to the intermediate image plane p1007 including the first field diaphragm 1043 and substantially orthogonal to the center plane p1003. . The optical axis of the eighth optical system 1135 (hereinafter referred to as the second optical axis AX1004) is substantially orthogonal to the center plane p1003. The imaging light beam EL2 passing through the field diaphragm 1043 through the eighth optical system 1135 and the ninth deflection member 1136 is reflected on the twelfth reflection surface p1025 of the tenth deflection member (planar mirror) 1137, and passes through the first nineth optical system 1138. The five lenses 1142, the twelfth deflecting member 1143 and the sixth lens 1144 arranged at the pupil position reach the first projection area PA1001 on the substrate P supported along the cylindrical second surface p1002. In the configuration of FIG. 17, the optical axis of the sixth lens 1144 is set to be substantially coaxial with the main ray of the imaging beam EL2 that travels in a normal direction (a cylindrical second surface p1002 radius direction) with respect to the first projection area PA1001. Or parallel.
圖18係顯示第9實施態樣之投影光學系PL(第1投影模組PL1001)構成之圖。圖18之第1投影模組PL1001係所謂線上型之反折射型之投影光學系。第1投影模組PL1001具備以第4凹面鏡1146與第5凹面鏡1147之兩片構成之等倍之第10光學系1145、第1視野光闌1043(中間像面p1007)、以 及如圖13、14所示之第5光學系1122。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system PL (first projection module PL1001) according to a ninth embodiment. The first projection module PL1001 of FIG. 18 is a so-called linear-type retroreflective projection optical system. The first projection module PL1001 includes a tenth optical system 1145 composed of two pieces of a fourth concave mirror 1146 and a fifth concave mirror 1147, a first field diaphragm 1043 (middle image plane p1007), and as shown in Figs. 13 and 14 The fifth optical system 1122 is shown.
第10光學系1145,將沿圓筒狀之第1面p1001被支承之光罩M上之第1照明區域IR1001內所出現之圖案之中間像形成於視野光闌1043之位置。本實施態樣中,第10光學系1145係等倍系之光學系。第4凹面鏡1146及第5凹面鏡1147之各個例如構成為旋轉橢圓面之一部分。此旋轉橢圓面,係藉由使橢圓繞橢圓之長軸(X軸方向)或短軸(Z軸方向)旋轉而形成之面。 The tenth optical system 1145 forms an intermediate image of a pattern appearing in the first illumination area IR1001 on the mask M supported along the cylindrical first surface p1001 at the position of the field diaphragm 1043. In this embodiment, the tenth optical system 1145 is an equal magnification optical system. Each of the fourth concave mirror 1146 and the fifth concave mirror 1147 is configured as a part of a rotating ellipse, for example. This rotating elliptical surface is a surface formed by rotating an ellipse about the long axis (X-axis direction) or the short axis (Z-axis direction) of the ellipse.
圖18之構成中,從第1照明區域IR1001中央往圓筒狀之第1面p1001之法線方向(徑方向)射出之成像光束EL2之主光線,被設定為在XZ面內觀看時射向第1面p1001(第1捲筒構件1021)之旋轉中心軸AX1001。亦即,從光罩M(第1面p1001)射往投影模組PL1001之第4凹面鏡1146之成像光束EL2之主光線相對中心面p1003在XZ面內傾斜。 In the structure of FIG. 18, the main light ray of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the center of the first illumination area IR1001 toward the normal direction (radial direction) of the cylindrical first surface p1001 is set to be directed toward the XZ plane when viewed. The rotation center axis AX1001 of the first surface p1001 (the first reel member 1021). That is, the principal rays of the imaging beam EL2 from the mask M (the first surface p1001) to the fourth concave mirror 1146 of the projection module PL1001 are inclined in the XZ plane with respect to the center plane p1003.
第5光學系1122,係例如在圖13中所說明之折射形放大投影光學系,將藉由第10光學系1145形成於視野光闌1043之位置之中間像投影於沿平面狀之第2面p1002被支承之基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001。 The fifth optical system 1122 is, for example, the refracting magnifying projection optical system described in FIG. 13, and the intermediate image formed at the position of the field stop 1043 by the tenth optical system 1145 is projected on the second plane along the plane. The first projection area PA1001 on the substrate P supported by p1002.
第10光學系1145之第4凹面鏡1146及第5凹面鏡1147,係將成像光束EL2偏向成從第1照明區域IR1001往法線方向射出之成像光束EL2通過第5光學系1122從法線方向射入第1投影區域PA1001。具備此種投影光學系PL之基板處理裝置,與上述實施形態所說明之基板處理裝置1011同樣地,能抑制曝光不良之產生,進行忠實之投影曝光。此外,第5光學系1122亦可係等倍之投影光學系,亦可係縮小係之光學系。 The fourth concave mirror 1146 and the fifth concave mirror 1147 of the tenth optical system 1145 deviate the imaging beam EL2 so that the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 in the normal direction enters the normal direction through the fifth optical system 1122. The first projection area PA1001. The substrate processing apparatus provided with such a projection optical system PL can perform the faithful projection exposure similarly to the substrate processing apparatus 1011 described in the above embodiment, while suppressing the occurrence of poor exposure. In addition, the fifth optical system 1122 may be an equal magnification projection optical system, or may be a reduced optical system.
圖19係顯示第10實施態樣之投影光學系PL(第1投影模組PL1001)構成之圖。圖19之第1投影模組PL1001,係不含具有功率之反射構件之折射系光學系。第1投影模組PL1001具備第11光學系1150、第13偏向構件1151、第1視野光闌1043、第14偏向構件1152、以及第12光學系1153。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system PL (first projection module PL1001) according to a tenth embodiment. The first projection module PL1001 in FIG. 19 is a refractive optical system that does not include a reflective member having power. The first projection module PL1001 includes an eleventh optical system 1150, a thirteenth deflection member 1151, a first field diaphragm 1043, a fourteenth deflection member 1152, and a twelfth optical system 1153.
本實施形態中,從沿圓筒狀之第1面p1001被保持之光罩M上之第1照明區域IR1001射出之成像光束EL2,通過第11光學系1150被楔形狀之稜鏡構成之第13偏向構件1151在XZ面內偏向而到達配置於中間像面p1007之第1視野光闌1043,於此處形成光罩圖案之中間像。進而,通過第1視野光闌1043之成像光束EL2被楔形狀之稜鏡構成之第14偏向構件1152在XZ面內偏向而射入第12光學系1153,通過第12光學系1153,到達沿圓筒面狀之第2面p1002被支承之基板P上之第1投影區域PA1001。 In this embodiment, the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 on the mask M held along the cylindrical first surface p1001 passes through the eleventh optical system 1150 and is formed by the thirteenth wedge-shaped frame. The deflection member 1151 is deflected in the XZ plane to reach the first field diaphragm 1043 arranged on the intermediate image plane p1007, and an intermediate image of a mask pattern is formed here. Further, the imaging beam EL2 passing through the first field diaphragm 1043 is deflected by a 14th deflection member 1152 formed by a wedge-shaped ridge in the XZ plane, and enters the 12th optical system 1153. The 12th optical system 1153 reaches the circle. The first projection area PA1001 on the substrate P on which the second surface p1002 of the cylindrical shape is supported.
第11光學系1150之光軸例如與從第1照明區域IR1001中心往法線方向(圓筒面狀之第1面p1001之半徑方向)射出之成像光束EL2之主光線實質上同軸或平行。又,第12光學系1153與第11光學系1150為相同構成,配置成相對配置第1視野光闌1043之中間像面p1007(與中心面p1003正交)與第11光學系1150成對稱。第12光學系1153之光軸,設定成與沿平面狀之第2面p1002之法線射入第1投影區域PA1001之成像光束EL2之主光線實質上平行。 The optical axis of the eleventh optical system 1150 is, for example, substantially coaxial or parallel to the main ray of the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the center of the first illumination area IR1001 in a normal direction (radial direction of the cylindrical surface of the first surface p1001). The twelfth optical system 1153 has the same configuration as the eleventh optical system 1150, and is arranged symmetrically to the eleventh optical system 1150 with respect to the intermediate image plane p1007 (orthogonal to the center plane p1003) of the first field diaphragm 1043. The optical axis of the twelfth optical system 1153 is set to be substantially parallel to the main ray of the imaging beam EL2 that enters the first projection area PA1001 along the normal of the planar second surface p1002.
第13偏向構件1151具有通過第11光學系1150之成像光束EL2所射入之第9面p1028與射出從第9面p1028射入之成像光束之第10面p1029,配置於第1視野光闌1043(中間像面p1007)之前方或緊鄰之前方。本實施形態中,構成既定頂角之第9面p1028及第10面p1029之各個係以相對正交於中心面p1003之面(XY面)傾斜、延伸於Y軸方向之平面構成。 The 13th deflection member 1151 has a ninth surface p1028 that is incident through the imaging beam EL2 of the eleventh optical system 1150 and a tenth surface p1029 that emits the imaging beam that is incident from the ninth surface p1028, and is disposed on the first field diaphragm 1043. (Middle image plane p1007) immediately before or immediately before. In this embodiment, each of the ninth surface p1028 and the tenth surface p1029 constituting a predetermined apex angle is formed by a plane inclined to a plane (XY plane) orthogonal to the central plane p1003 and extending in the Y-axis direction.
第14偏向構件1152係與第13偏向構件1151同樣之稜鏡構件,相對第1視野光闌1043所位於之中間像面p1007與第13偏向構件1151對稱配置。第14偏向構件1152具有通過第1視野光闌1043之成像光束EL2所射入之第11面p1030與射出從第11面p1030射入之成像光束EL2之第12面p1031,配置於第1視野光闌1043(中間像面p1007)之後方或緊鄰之後方。 The 14th deflection member 1152 is the same member as the 13th deflection member 1151, and is arranged symmetrically to the 13th deflection member 1151 with respect to the middle image plane p1007 where the first field diaphragm 1043 is located. The 14th deflection member 1152 has an 11th surface p1030 to which the imaging beam EL2 passing through the first field diaphragm 1043 and a 12th surface p1031 to emit the imaging beam EL2 which enters from the 11th surface p1030 are arranged in the first field Diaphragm 1043 (middle image plane p1007) is immediately behind or immediately behind.
本實施態樣中,第13偏向構件1151及第14偏向構件1152,係將從第 1照明區域IR1001往法線方向射出之成像光束EL2偏向成從法線方向射入第1投影區域PA1001。具備此種投影光學系PL之基板處理裝置,與上述實施形態所說明之基板處理裝置1011同樣地,能抑制曝光不良之產生,進行忠實之投影曝光。 In this embodiment, the 13th deflection member 1151 and the 14th deflection member 1152 are deflected so that the imaging beam EL2 emitted from the first illumination area IR1001 in the normal direction enters the first projection area PA1001 from the normal direction. The substrate processing apparatus provided with such a projection optical system PL can perform the faithful projection exposure similarly to the substrate processing apparatus 1011 described in the above embodiment, while suppressing the occurrence of poor exposure.
此外,第11光學系1150或第12光學系1153雖亦可係等倍之投影光學系,亦可係縮小係之光學系,但在將光罩M或基板P之任一方沿圓筒面(或圓弧面)支承之狀態下投影曝光時,在圓筒面之周長方向分離之兩個投影模組之間,在物面側之視野間隔(周長距離)與在最終像面側之投影視野之間隔(周長距離)之比亦可設定為與投影倍率一致。 In addition, although the eleventh optical system 1150 or the twelfth optical system 1153 may be an equal-numbered projection optical system or a reduced optical system, either one of the mask M or the substrate P is along a cylindrical surface ( (Or arc surface) in the state of projection exposure under the state of support, between the two projection modules separated in the circumferential direction of the cylindrical surface, the visual field interval (perimeter distance) on the object plane side and the final image plane side The ratio of the interval (perimeter distance) of the projection field of view can also be set to match the projection magnification.
圖20係顯示第11實施形態之元件製造系統(可撓性顯示器製造線)之一部分構成之圖。此處,係顯示從供應滾筒FR1拉出之可撓性基板P(片、膜等)依序經過n台處理裝置U1,U2,U3,U4,U5,...Un,而被捲至回收滾筒FR2之例。上位控制裝置2005,統籌控制構成製造線之各處理裝置U1~Un。 FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a part of a component manufacturing system (flexible display manufacturing line) according to the eleventh embodiment. Here, it is shown that the flexible substrate P (sheet, film, etc.) pulled out from the supply roller FR1 passes through n processing devices U1, U2, U3, U4, U5, ... Un in order and is rolled up for recycling. Example of roller FR2. The higher-level control device 2005 controls the processing devices U1 to Un constituting the manufacturing line as a whole.
圖20中,正交座標系XYZ,設定成基板P之表面(或背面)與XZ面垂直,與基板P之搬送方向(長度方向)正交之寬度方向設定為Y方向。此外,該基板P,亦可係預先藉由既定之前處理而將其表面改質並活性化者、或於表面形成有為了精密圖案化之微細分隔壁構造(凹凸構造)者。 In FIG. 20, the orthogonal coordinate system XYZ is set such that the surface (or back surface) of the substrate P is perpendicular to the XZ plane, and the width direction orthogonal to the transport direction (length direction) of the substrate P is set to the Y direction. In addition, the substrate P may be one in which the surface is modified and activated by a predetermined pretreatment in advance, or a fine partition wall structure (concavo-convex structure) for precise patterning is formed on the surface.
被捲於供應滾筒FR1之基板P,係藉由被夾持之驅動滾筒DR1拉出而搬送至處理裝置U1,基板P之Y方向(寬度方向)之中心,藉由邊緣位置控制器EPC1伺服控制成相對目標位置在±十數μm~數十μm程度之範圍。 The substrate P wound on the supply roller FR1 is conveyed to the processing device U1 by being pulled out by the driven driving roller DR1. The center of the substrate P in the Y direction (width direction) is servo-controlled by the edge position controller EPC1. The relative target position is in the range of ± tens of μm to tens of μm.
處理裝置U1,係以印刷方式在基板P之搬送方向(長度方向)連續地或選擇性地於基板P之表面塗布感光性功能液(光阻、感光性矽烷耦合材、UV硬化樹脂液等)之塗布裝置。於處理裝置U1內,設有捲繞有基板P之壓胴滾筒DR2、包含在此壓胴滾筒DR2上將感光性功能液均一地塗布於基板P 之表面之塗布用滾筒等之塗布機構Gp1、用以急速地除去塗布於基板P之感光性功能液所含之溶劑或水分之乾燥機構Gp2等。 The processing device U1 is a method in which a photosensitive functional liquid (photoresist, photosensitive silane coupling material, UV curing resin liquid, etc.) is continuously or selectively applied to the surface of the substrate P in a printing manner on the conveying direction (lengthwise direction) of the substrate P. Of coating device. In the processing device U1, a coating mechanism Gp1 including a coating roller DR2 on which the substrate P is wound is provided, and a coating roller such as a coating roller for uniformly coating a photosensitive functional liquid on the surface of the substrate P is provided on the pressing roller DR2. A drying mechanism Gp2 for quickly removing the solvent or water contained in the photosensitive functional liquid applied to the substrate P.
處理裝置U2,係用以將從處理裝置U1搬送來之基板P加熱至既定溫度(例如數10~120℃程度)、使塗布於表面之感光性功能層穩定之加熱裝置。於處理裝置U2內,設有用以翻折搬送基板P之複數個滾筒與空氣旋轉桿、用以加熱搬入之基板P之加熱室部HA1、用以將加熱後之基板P之溫度下降至與後步驟(處理裝置U3)之環境溫度一致之冷卻室部HA2、被挾持之驅動滾筒DR3等。 The processing device U2 is a heating device for heating the substrate P transferred from the processing device U1 to a predetermined temperature (for example, about 10 to 120 ° C.) and stabilizing the photosensitive functional layer applied on the surface. In the processing device U2, a plurality of rollers and air rotating rods for folding and transferring the substrate P, a heating chamber section HA1 for heating the loaded substrate P, and a temperature for lowering the temperature of the heated substrate P to and after are provided. In the step (processing device U3), the cooling chamber portion HA2 with the same ambient temperature is held, and the driven roller DR3 is held.
作為基板處理裝置之處理裝置U3,係對從處理裝置U2搬送來之基板P之感光性功能層照射與顯示器用之電路圖案或配線圖案對應之紫外線之圖案化光之曝光裝置。於處理裝置U3內,設有將基板P之Y方向(寬度方向)中心控制於一定位置之邊緣位置控制器EPC、被挾持之驅動滾筒DR4、將基板P以既定張力局部地捲繞並將基板P上之圖案曝光部分支承成均一之圓筒面狀之旋轉捲筒DR5、以及用以對基板P賦予既定鬆弛(空隙)DL之兩組驅動滾筒DR6、DR7等。 The processing device U3 as the substrate processing device is an exposure device that irradiates the photosensitive functional layer of the substrate P transferred from the processing device U2 with patterned light corresponding to ultraviolet rays corresponding to a circuit pattern or a wiring pattern for a display. In the processing device U3, an edge position controller EPC that controls the center of the Y direction (width direction) of the substrate P at a certain position, a driven roller DR4 being held, the substrate P is wound locally with a predetermined tension, and the substrate is provided. The pattern exposure part on P supports a rotating roll DR5 having a uniform cylindrical surface shape, and two sets of driving rollers DR6, DR7, etc. for giving a predetermined slack (gap) DL to the substrate P.
進而,於處理裝置U3內,設有圓筒狀之光罩M、於被旋轉捲筒DR5支承成圓筒面狀之基板P之一部分投影圓筒狀之光罩M之光罩圖案之一部分之像之投影光學系PL、為了將被投影之光罩圖案之一部分之像與基板P相對對齊(對準)而檢測出預先形成於基板P之對準標記等之對準顯微鏡AM1、AM2。 Further, in the processing device U3, a cylindrical mask M is provided, and a part of the mask pattern of the cylindrical mask M is projected on a part of the substrate P supported in a cylindrical surface by the rotating drum DR5. The image projection optical system PL is an alignment microscope AM1 or AM2 that detects an alignment mark or the like formed in advance on the substrate P in order to relatively align (align) the image of a part of the projected mask pattern with the substrate P.
本實施態樣中,由於係將圓筒狀之光罩M設為反射型(外周面之圖案係以高反射部與無反射部構成),因此亦設有透過投影光學系PL之一部分光學元件將曝光用照明光照射於圓筒狀之光罩M之落斜照明光學系。關於該落斜照明光學系之構成,詳細留待後述。 In this embodiment, since the cylindrical mask M is of a reflective type (the pattern on the outer peripheral surface is composed of a highly reflective portion and a non-reflective portion), a part of the optical element of the transmission optical system PL is also provided. The oblique illumination optical system of the cylindrical mask M is irradiated with the exposure illumination light. The configuration of the oblique illumination optical system will be described in detail later.
處理裝置U4係對從處理裝置U3搬送來之基板P之感光性功能層進行 濕式之顯影處理、無電解鍍敷處理等乾燥處理裝置。於處理裝置U4內設有於Z方向階層化之三個處理槽BT1、BT2、BT3、將基板P彎折搬送之複數個滾筒、以及被夾持之驅動滾筒DR8等。 The processing device U4 is a dry processing device that performs wet development processing and electroless plating processing on the photosensitive functional layer of the substrate P transferred from the processing device U3. The processing device U4 is provided with three processing tanks BT1, BT2, and BT3 that are layered in the Z direction, a plurality of rollers that bend and transport the substrate P, and a driving roller DR8 that is clamped.
處理裝置U5雖係將從處理裝置U3搬送來之基板P暖化,並將在濕式製程潤濕之基板P之水分含有量調整至既定值之加熱乾燥裝置,惟其詳細構造省略。其後,經過幾個處理裝置,通過一連串製程之最後處理裝置Un後之基板P,透過被夾持之驅動滾筒DR1被捲至回收滾筒FR2。在此捲繞時,亦藉由邊緣位置控制器EPC2逐次修正控制驅動滾筒DR1與回收滾筒FR2之Y方向相對位置使基板P之Y方向(寬度方向)之中心或Y方向之基板端於Y方向不會不均一。 Although the processing device U5 is a heating and drying device that warms the substrate P transferred from the processing device U3 and adjusts the moisture content of the substrate P wetted in the wet process to a predetermined value, the detailed structure is omitted. After that, the substrate P after passing through the final processing apparatus Un of the series of processes through several processing apparatuses is wound to the recovery roller FR2 through the clamped driving roller DR1. During this winding, the edge position controller EPC2 is also used to successively correct and control the relative position of the driving roller DR1 and the recovery roller FR2 in the Y direction so that the center of the Y direction (width direction) of the substrate P or the substrate end in the Y direction is in the Y direction. Not uneven.
本實施形態所使用之基板P,能使用與以第1實施形態所例示者相同,此處省略說明。 The substrate P used in this embodiment can be the same as that exemplified in the first embodiment, and the description is omitted here.
本實施形態之元件製造系統2001,係對基板P反覆執行用以製造一個元件之各種處理。被施加各種處理之基板P,係依各元件被分割(切割),成為複數個元件。基板P之尺寸,例如寬度方向(作為短邊之Y方向)之尺寸為10cm~2m程度,長度方向(作為長邊之X方向)之尺寸為10m以上。 The component manufacturing system 2001 of this embodiment repeatedly executes various processes for manufacturing one component on the substrate P. The substrate P to which various processes are applied is divided (cut) according to each element, and becomes a plurality of elements. The size of the substrate P, for example, is about 10 cm to 2 m in the width direction (the Y direction as the short side), and 10 m or more in the length direction (the X direction as the long side).
其次,雖說明本實施形態之處理裝置U3(曝光裝置)之構成,但在此之前,參照圖21~圖23說明本實施形態之曝光裝置之基本構成。 Next, although the configuration of the processing device U3 (exposure device) of this embodiment will be described, before this, the basic configuration of the exposure device of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 23.
圖21所示之曝光裝置U3係所謂掃描曝光裝置,具備從旋轉中心軸AX2001起具有半徑r2001之圓周面之反射型圓筒狀之光罩M與從旋轉中心軸AX2002起具有半徑r2002之圓周面之旋轉捲筒2030(圖1中之DR5)。接著,藉由使圓筒狀之光罩M與旋轉捲筒2030以既定旋轉速度比同步旋轉,圓筒狀之光罩M之外周所形成之圖案之像,即被連續地反覆投影曝光至捲繞於旋轉捲筒2030之外周面一部分之基板P之表面(沿圓筒面彎曲之面)。 The exposure apparatus U3 shown in FIG. 21 is a so-called scanning exposure apparatus, which includes a reflective cylindrical mask M having a circumferential surface having a radius r2001 from the rotation center axis AX2001 and a circumferential surface having a radius r2002 from the rotation center axis AX2002. The reel 2030 (DR5 in Figure 1). Next, by rotating the cylindrical mask M and the rotating reel 2030 at a predetermined rotation speed ratio, the image of the pattern formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical mask M is continuously projected and exposed to the roll. A surface (a surface curved along a cylindrical surface) of the substrate P around a part of the outer peripheral surface of the rotary reel 2030.
於該曝光裝置U3設有搬送機構2009、光罩保持裝置2012、照明光學 系IL、投影光學系PL、以及控制裝置2013,藉由控制裝置2013控制保持於光罩保持裝置2012之圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉驅動或旋轉中心軸AX2001方向之微動、或者構成將基板P之搬送於長度方向之搬送機構2009一部分之旋轉捲筒2030之旋轉驅動或旋轉中心軸AX2002方向之微動。 The exposure device U3 is provided with a conveying mechanism 2009, a mask holding device 2012, an illumination optical system IL, a projection optical system PL, and a control device 2013. The control device 2013 controls and holds the cylindrical shape of the mask holding device 2012. Rotary drive of the photomask M or micro-movement in the direction of the rotation central axis AX2001, or rotary drive 2030 or a micro-movement in the rotation of the central axis AX2002 constituting part of the transport mechanism 2009 that transports the substrate P in the longitudinal direction.
光罩保持裝置2012具備:滾筒、齒輪、皮帶等驅動傳達機構2021、2022,係對於外周面形成有反射型之光罩M(光罩圖案)之旋轉捲筒2020賦予繞旋轉中心軸AX2001之旋轉驅動力或使旋轉捲筒2020微動於與Y軸平行之旋轉中心軸AX2001之方向;以及第1驅動部2024,包含用以對此等驅動傳達機構2021、2022賦予必要驅動力之旋轉馬達、微動用之線性馬達或壓電元件等。又,旋轉捲筒2020(光罩M)之旋轉角度位置或旋轉中心軸AX2001方向之位置,係藉由包含旋轉編碼器、雷射干涉儀、間隙感測器等之第1檢測器2023來測量,其測量資訊被即時送至控制裝置2013,使用於第1驅動部2024之控制。 The mask holding device 2012 includes drive transmission mechanisms 2021 and 2022 such as rollers, gears, and belts. The rotation reel 2020, which is provided with a reflective mask M (mask pattern) on the outer peripheral surface, imparts rotation around a rotation center axis AX2001. The driving force may cause the rotary reel 2020 to move slightly in the direction of the rotation center axis AX2001 parallel to the Y axis; and the first driving unit 2024 includes a rotating motor and a micro-movement to provide the necessary driving force to these drive transmission mechanisms 2021 and 2022. Used for linear motors or piezoelectric elements. The rotation angle position of the rotating reel 2020 (mask M) or the position in the direction of the rotation center axis AX2001 is measured by a first detector 2023 including a rotary encoder, a laser interferometer, and a gap sensor. The measurement information is sent to the control device 2013 in real time and used for the control of the first driving unit 2024.
同樣地,旋轉捲筒2030,係藉由包含旋轉馬達、微動用之線性馬達或壓電元件等之第2驅動部2032被賦予繞與Y軸平行之旋轉中心軸AX2002之旋轉驅動力或往旋轉中心軸AX2002方向之微動力。旋轉捲筒2030之旋轉角度位置或旋轉中心軸AX2002方向之位置,係藉由包含旋轉編碼器、雷射干涉儀、間隙感測器等之第2檢測器2031來測量,其測量資訊被即時送至控制裝置2013,使用於第2驅動部2032之控制。 Similarly, the rotary reel 2030 is provided with a rotational driving force or a rotation around a rotation center axis AX2002 parallel to the Y axis by a second driving unit 2032 including a rotary motor, a linear motor for micro-motion, or a piezoelectric element. Micro-power in the direction of the central axis AX2002. The rotational angle position of the rotary reel 2030 or the position in the direction of the rotation center axis AX2002 is measured by a second detector 2031 including a rotary encoder, a laser interferometer, a gap sensor, and the like. The measurement information is sent in real time. The control device 2013 is used for control of the second driving unit 2032.
此處,本實施態樣中,圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001與旋轉捲筒2030之旋轉中心軸AX2002相互平行,位於與YZ面平行之中心面pc內。 Here, in this embodiment, the rotation center axis AX2001 of the cylindrical mask M and the rotation center axis AX2002 of the rotation reel 2030 are parallel to each other and are located in a center plane pc parallel to the YZ plane.
接著,於形成有圓筒狀之光罩M之圓筒狀之圖案面p2001上與中心面pc相交之部分設定有曝光用照明光之照明區域IR,於沿旋轉捲筒2030之外周面p2002捲繞成圓筒狀之基板P上之與中心面pc相交之部分設定有用以 投影出現於照明區域IR內之光罩圖案一部分之像之投影區域PA。 Next, an illumination area IR for exposure illumination light is set on a portion of the cylindrical pattern surface p2001 on which the cylindrical mask M is formed and intersects the central surface pc. A portion on the cylindrical substrate P intersecting the center plane pc is set to a projection area PA for projecting an image of a part of the mask pattern appearing in the illumination area IR.
本實施態樣中,投影光學系PL往圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR射出照明光束EL1,且以射入在照明區域IR內之光罩圖案反射繞射之光束(成像光束)EL2、於基板P上之投影區域PA成像出圖案之像之方式,照明光學系IL以共用投影光學系PL之一部分光路之落斜方式構成。 In this embodiment, the projection optical system PL emits an illumination beam EL1 toward the illumination region IR on the cylindrical mask M, and reflects the diffracted beam (imaging beam) with a mask pattern incident on the illumination region IR. EL2, a mode in which a pattern image is formed on the projection area PA on the substrate P, and the illumination optical system IL is constituted by a tilting method of a part of the optical path of the common projection optical system PL.
如圖21所示,投影光學系PL具備:相對中心面pc在XZ面內傾斜45°且具備彼此正交之反射平面2041a、2041b之稜鏡反射鏡2041、以及具有與中心面pc正交之光軸2015a且以配置於瞳面pd之凹面鏡2040與複數片透鏡構成之第2光學系2015。 As shown in FIG. 21, the projection optical system PL includes a chirped mirror 2041 that is inclined at 45 ° with respect to the center plane pc in the XZ plane and has reflection planes 2041a and 2041b that are orthogonal to each other, and a mirror that is orthogonal to the center plane pc. The optical axis 2015a is a second optical system 2015 that is configured by a concave mirror 2040 and a plurality of lenses arranged on the pupil plane pd.
此處,若將包含光軸2015a且與XY面平行之平面設為p2005,則以該平面p2005為基準之反射平面2041a之角度θ 2001為+45°,以該平面p2005為基準之反射平面2041b之角度θ 2002為-45°。 Here, if a plane including the optical axis 2015a and parallel to the XY plane is set to p2005, the angle θ 2001 of the reflection plane 2041a based on the plane p2005 is + 45 °, and the reflection plane 2041b based on the plane p2005 The angle θ 2002 is -45 °.
投影光學系PL例如係作為將圓形影像視野以稜鏡反射鏡2041上下之反射平面2041a、2041b分割之半影像視野類型之反折射型投影光學系(戴森光學系之變形類型)而構成為遠心。因此,在照明區域IR內之圖案反射、折射之成像光束EL2,係在稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a反射,通過複數片透鏡到達配置於瞳面pd之凹面鏡2040(亦可係平面鏡)。接著,在凹面鏡2040反射之成像光束EL2通過相對平面p2005為對稱之光路而到達稜鏡反射鏡2041之反射平面2041b,在該處被反射而到達基板P上之投影區域PA,光罩圖案之像被以等倍(×1)成像於基板P上。 The projection optical system PL is configured, for example, as a refracting projection optical system (a deformation type of the Dyson optical system) of a half-image field type that divides a circular image field of view by reflection planes 2041a and 2041b above and below the chirped mirror 2041. Telecentric. Therefore, the imaging beam EL2 reflected and refracted by the pattern in the illumination area IR is reflected by the reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041, and reaches a concave mirror 2040 (also a plane mirror) arranged on the pupil plane pd through a plurality of lenses. . Next, the imaging beam EL2 reflected by the concave mirror 2040 reaches the reflection plane 2041b of the chirped mirror 2041 through the optical path symmetrical to the plane p2005, and is reflected there to reach the projection area PA on the substrate P, and the image of the mask pattern It is imaged on the substrate P at equal magnification (× 1).
為了對此種投影光學系PL適用落斜照明方式,本實施態樣中,構成為於配置於瞳面pd之凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之一部分形成通過部分(窗),透過通過部分從面p2003(玻璃面)使照明光束EL1射入。 In order to apply the oblique illumination method to this projection optical system PL, in this embodiment, a passing portion (window) is formed on a part of the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 arranged on the pupil surface pd, and the passing portion passes from the surface p2003. (Glass surface) The illumination beam EL1 is made incident.
圖21中,僅表示本實施形態之照明光學系IL中配置於凹面鏡2040背後之第1光學系2014之一部分,僅顯示來自後述之光源、複眼透鏡、照明 視野光闌等之照明光中生成於瞳面pd之多數個點光源像之一個點光源像Sf之照明光束EL1。 In FIG. 21, only the part of the first optical system 2014 disposed behind the concave mirror 2040 in the illumination optical system IL of this embodiment is shown, and only the illumination light from a light source, a fly-eye lens, an illumination field stop, etc., which will be described later, is generated in The illumination beam EL1 of a plurality of point light source images of the pupil plane pd and one point light source image Sf.
點光源像Sf,由於例如設定為與構成複眼透鏡之複數個透鏡元件之各射出側所形成之點光源像(光源之發光點)光學上共軛之關係,因此圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR,藉由透過投影光學系PL之第2光學系2015與稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a之照明光束EL1,利用凱拉照明法被以均一照度分布照明。 The point light source image Sf is set to be optically conjugated to, for example, a point light source image (light emitting point of a light source) formed by each of the plurality of lens elements constituting the fly-eye lens. The illumination region IR is illuminated by the illumination optical beam EL1 passing through the second optical system 2015 of the projection optical system PL and the reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041 by a uniform illumination distribution using the Keira illumination method.
此外,圖21中,照明光學系IL之第1光學系2014之光軸2014a,配置成與投影光學系PL之光軸2015a同軸,圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR,設定成圓筒狀之圖案面p2001之周方向寬度狹窄,於旋轉中心軸AX2001之方向較長之狹縫狀。 In addition, in FIG. 21, the optical axis 2014a of the first optical system 2014 of the illumination optical system IL is arranged coaxially with the optical axis 2015a of the projection optical system PL, and the illumination area IR on the cylindrical mask M is set in a circle. The cylindrical pattern surface p2001 has a narrow width in the circumferential direction and a long slit shape in the direction of the rotation center axis AX2001.
例如,當將圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案面p2001之半徑r2001設為200mm,將基板P之厚度tf設為0.2mm,用以投影曝光之條件,能設定為旋轉捲筒2030之外周面之半徑r2002為r2002=r2001-tf(199.8mm)。 For example, when the radius r2001 of the pattern surface p2001 of the cylindrical mask M is set to 200 mm, and the thickness tf of the substrate P is set to 0.2 mm, the conditions for projection exposure can be set to the outer peripheral surface of the rotating reel 2030. The radius r2002 is r2002 = r2001-tf (199.8mm).
又,雖照明區域IR(或投影區域PA)之周方向寬度(掃描曝光方向之寬度)越狹窄則越能忠實地投影曝光至微細之圖案,但與此成反比地需提高照明區域IR內之每單位面積之照度。要將照明區域IR(或投影區域PA)之寬度設定為何種程度,能藉由考量圓筒狀之光罩M或旋轉捲筒2030之半徑r2001,r2002、待轉印圖案之微細度(線寬等)、投影光學系PL之焦深等後再加以決定。 Also, the narrower the circumferential width (the width of the scanning exposure direction) of the illumination area IR (or the projection area PA), the more faithfully the exposure can be projected to a fine pattern, but it is necessary to increase the Illuminance per unit area. To set the width of the illumination area IR (or projection area PA), you can consider the radius r2001, r2002 of the cylindrical mask M or the rotating reel 2030, the fineness of the pattern to be transferred (line width Etc.) and the depth of focus of the projection optics PL and so on.
接著,圖21中,當將光軸2015a所通過之凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上之位置作為中心點2044時,由於點光源像Sf會形成於從中心點2044在紙面(XZ面)內往-Z方向偏移之位置,因此在圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR反射之成像光束EL2(包含繞射光)中之正規反射光(0次繞射光),係收斂成於相對反射面p2004上之中心點2044為點對稱之位置形成點光源像 Sf’。因此,只要先將包含反射面p2004上之點光源像Sf’所位於之部分與其周圍之±1次繞射光所分布之部分之區域設為反射部,則來自照明區域IR之成像光束EL2即大致不損失地透過第2光學系2015之複數片透鏡與稜鏡反射鏡2041之反射平面2041b到達投影區域PA。 Next, in FIG. 21, when the position on the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 through which the optical axis 2015a passes is taken as the center point 2044, the point light source image Sf is formed from the center point 2044 on the paper surface (XZ plane) to- The position shifted in the Z direction. Therefore, the normal reflected light (zero-order diffraction light) in the imaging beam EL2 (including the diffracted light) reflected by the illumination area IR on the cylindrical mask M is converged to the opposite reflective surface. The center point 2044 on p2004 is a point-symmetrical position to form a point light source image Sf ′. Therefore, as long as the area including the portion where the point light source image Sf ′ on the reflecting surface p2004 is located and the portion around which the 1st-order diffraction light is distributed is set as the reflection portion, the imaging beam EL2 from the illumination area IR is roughly The projection plane PA is transmitted through the plurality of lenses of the second optical system 2015 and the reflection plane 2041b of the chirped mirror 2041 without loss.
該凹面鏡2040,係於以透射性之光學玻璃材(石英等)作成之凹透鏡之凹面蒸鍍鋁等金屬性之反射膜而作成反射面p2004,通常,該反射膜之光透射率極小。因此,本實施形態中,為了從反射面p2004背側之面p2003使照明光束EL1射入,而藉由蝕刻等除去構成反射面p2004之反射膜一部分,形成已收斂之照明光束EL1能通過(透射過)之窗。 The concave mirror 2040 is a reflective surface p2004 formed by vapor-depositing a metallic reflective film such as aluminum on the concave surface of a concave lens made of a transmissive optical glass material (quartz or the like). Generally, the light transmittance of the reflective film is extremely small. Therefore, in this embodiment, in order to make the illumination light beam EL1 enter from the surface p2003 on the back side of the reflection surface p2004, a part of the reflection film constituting the reflection surface p2004 is removed by etching or the like, so that the converged illumination light beam EL1 can pass through (transmittance) Through) window.
圖22係從X方向觀看此種凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004樣子之圖。圖22中,為了使說明簡單,係在反射面p2004上從包含光軸2015a之平面p2005(與XY面平行)往-Z方向偏移一定量之位置,於Y方向分離設有三個窗部2042a、2042b、2042c。此窗部2042a、2042b、2042c,係藉由選擇性之蝕刻除去構成反射面p2004之反射膜而作成者,此處,雖作成不遮蔽各點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc(照明光束EL1a,EL1b,EL1c)程度之小矩形狀,但亦可係其他形狀(圓、橢圓、多角形等)。三個點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc,例如係藉由設於照明光學系IL內之複眼透鏡之複數個透鏡元件中排列於Y方向之三個透鏡元件而作成者。 FIG. 22 is a view of the reflecting surface p2004 of such a concave mirror 2040 as viewed from the X direction. In FIG. 22, for the sake of simplicity, the reflection surface p2004 is shifted by a certain amount from the plane p2005 (parallel to the XY plane) including the optical axis 2015a to the -Z direction, and three windows 2042a are provided separately in the Y direction. , 2042b, 2042c. The window portions 2042a, 2042b, and 2042c are made by selectively removing the reflection film constituting the reflection surface p2004 by selective etching. Although the point light sources Sfa, Sfb, and Sfc (illumination beams EL1a, EL1b are not shielded) EL1c) small rectangular shape, but can also be other shapes (round, oval, polygon, etc.). The three point light sources like Sfa, Sfb, and Sfc are created by, for example, three lens elements arranged in the Y direction among a plurality of lens elements of a fly-eye lens provided in the illumination optical system IL.
在反射面p2004內觀看時,各窗部2042a、2042b、2042c相互之位置關係,設定為相對中心點2044(光軸2015a)為非為點對稱、亦即非點對稱之關係。此處雖僅顯示三個窗部,但製作更多窗部之情形,窗部彼此亦設定為相對中心點2044為非點對稱之位置關係。 When viewed in the reflecting surface p2004, the positional relationship between the windows 2042a, 2042b, and 2042c is set to be non-point-symmetric, that is, non-point-symmetric, relative to the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015a). Although only three window portions are shown here, in the case of making more window portions, the window portions are also set to have a non-point symmetrical positional relationship with respect to the center point 2044.
又,來自生成於窗部2042a內之點光源像Sfa之照明光束EL1a成為大致平行光束而照射於圓筒狀之光罩M之照明區域IR後,其反射繞射光之成像光束EL2a則在凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上於相對中心點2044與窗部 2042a為點對稱之位置收斂成點光源像Sfa’。 In addition, the illumination beam EL1a from the point light source image Sfa generated in the window portion 2042a becomes a substantially parallel beam and irradiates the illumination region IR of the cylindrical mask M, and the imaging beam EL2a reflecting the diffracted light is in the concave mirror 2040. The reflection surface p2004 converges into a point light source image Sfa ′ at a position where the relative center point 2044 and the window portion 2042a are point symmetrical.
同樣地,雖來自生成於窗部2042b、2042c內之各點光源像Sfb,Sfc之照明光束EL1b,EL1c亦成為大致平行光束而照射於圓筒狀之光罩M之照明區域IR,但其反射光之成像光束EL2b,EL2c則在凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上於相對中心點2044與窗部2042b,2042c之各個為點對稱之位置收斂成點光源像Sfb’,Sfc’。 Similarly, although the illumination light beams EL1b and EL1c from the point light sources Sfb and Sfc generated in the window portions 2042b and 2042c also become substantially parallel beams and illuminate the illumination area IR of the cylindrical mask M, the reflection The imaging light beams EL2b and EL2c of the light converge on the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 at point-symmetrical positions of each of the relative center point 2044 and the windows 2042b and 2042c into point light sources like Sfb ', Sfc'.
又,如圖22所示,於作為點光源像Sfa’,Sfb’,Sfc’之成像光束EL2a,EL2b,EL2c,雖包含0次繞射光(正反射光)與±1次繞射光,但各±1次繞射光DLa,DLb,DLc係隔著0次繞射光於Z軸方向與X軸方向擴展並分布。 As shown in FIG. 22, the imaging light beams EL2a, EL2b, and EL2c, which are point light sources like Sfa ', Sfb', and Sfc ', include zero-order diffracted light (specular reflection light) and ± 1-order diffracted light. The ± 1st-order diffracted light DLa, DLb, and DLc are spread and distributed in the Z-axis direction and the X-axis direction through 0-order diffracted light.
進而,形成於反射面p2004上之點光源像Sfa’,Sfb’,Sfc’(特別是0次繞射光),由於圓筒狀之光罩M之照明區域IR為圓筒面,因此在圖22之紙面(YZ面)內,係使點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc之形狀成為拉伸於Z方向(圓筒光罩之周方向)之形狀而分布。 Furthermore, the point light source images Sfa ', Sfb', and Sfc '(especially zero-order diffracted light) formed on the reflective surface p2004 are cylindrical surfaces of the illumination area IR of the cylindrical mask M. Therefore, FIG. 22 The paper surface (YZ surface) is distributed so that the shape of the point light source images Sfa, Sfb, and Sfc is stretched in the Z direction (the circumferential direction of the cylindrical mask).
如圖22所示,在各點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc位於較包含中心點2044(光軸2015a)之平面p2005更下側(-Z方向)時,在圖21所示之紙面內(XZ面內),照明光束EL1(EL1a,EL1b,EL1c)透過第2光學系2015與稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a到達圓筒狀之光罩M。該等照明光束EL1(EL1a,EL1b,EL1c),雖在圓筒狀之光罩M之極近前方均為平行光束,但相對中心面pc些微傾斜。其傾斜量,對應於在反射面p2004內(瞳面pd)之點光源像Sf(Sfa,Sfb,Sfc)自中心點2044(光軸2015a)起之Z方向位移量。 As shown in FIG. 22, when each point light source image Sfa, Sfb, Sfc is located on the lower side (-Z direction) than the plane p2005 including the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015a), the paper surface (XZ In-plane), the illumination beam EL1 (EL1a, EL1b, EL1c) passes through the second optical system 2015 and the reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041 to reach the cylindrical mask M. Although these illumination light beams EL1 (EL1a, EL1b, EL1c) are parallel light beams in front of and near the cylindrical mask M, they are slightly inclined with respect to the center plane pc. The amount of tilt corresponds to the amount of displacement in the Z direction of the point light source image Sf (Sfa, Sfb, Sfc) from the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015a) in the reflective surface p2004 (pupil plane pd).
在照明區域IR反射、折射之成像光束EL2(EL2a,EL2b,EL2c),在XZ面內相對中心面pc以與照明光束EL1(EL1a,EL1b,EL1c)對稱之傾斜到達稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a,在此處反射而射入第2光學系2015,到達凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之較平面p2005(中心點2044)上方之部分。 The imaging beam EL2 (EL2a, EL2b, EL2c) that is reflected and refracted by IR in the illumination area reaches the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041 with an inclination symmetrical to the illumination beam EL1 (EL1a, EL1b, EL1c) relative to the center plane pc in the XZ plane. The reflection plane 2041a reflects here and enters the second optical system 2015, and reaches a portion above the plane p2005 (center point 2044) of the reflection surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040.
以上之圖21、圖22所示之一例中,雖係在凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004 內,使照明光束EL1之點光源像(集光點)Sf分布於與包含投影光學系PL之光軸2015a之XY面平行之平面p2005下側(-Z方向),但只要係設定為先前說明之條件,亦即通過照明光束之點光源像之反射面p2004內之窗部2042相互之位置關係相對中心點2044為不是點對稱之關係(非點對稱之關係),則反射面p2004上之點光源像Sf(窗部2042)之位置能自由設定。 In the example shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 above, the point light source image (concentration point) Sf of the illumination beam EL1 is distributed on the optical axis 2015a including the projection optical system PL although it is within the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040. The XY plane is parallel to the lower side of the plane p2005 (-Z direction), but as long as it is set to the conditions described previously, that is, the position relationship between the windows 2042 in the reflective surface p2004 of the point light source image of the illumination beam is relative to the center point 2044 is not a point-symmetric relationship (non-point-symmetric relationship), and the position of the point light source image Sf (window portion 2042) on the reflecting surface p2004 can be freely set.
若至少在此種條件下,將作為照明光束EL1源之多數個點光源像Sf所通過之窗部2042形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,則能在反射面p2004(瞳面pd)上,使照明光束與成像光束有效率地在空間上分離。 If at least under such conditions, the window portion 2042 through which the plurality of point light sources Sf as the source of the illumination light beam EL1 pass is formed on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, the reflective surface p2004 (pupil surface pd) can be used, The illumination beam is effectively spatially separated from the imaging beam.
為了一邊使多數個窗部2042(照明光束之點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc...)均一地分布於反射面p2004內,一邊良好地保持照明光束與成像光束之空間上之分離,可將藉由成像光束EL2之收斂而形成之各點光源像Sfa’,Sfb’,Sfc’...在反射面p2004上之大小(亦包含±1次繞射光DLa,DLb,DLc之大小)設定為較相鄰之窗部2042之Y方向與Z方向之間隔尺寸小即可。換言之,盡可能地縮小照明光束EL1之各點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc...在瞳面pd(反射面p2004)內之尺寸,以盡可能地縮小窗部2042a、2042b、2042c...各個之尺寸,此方法係有效。 In order to uniformly distribute the plurality of window portions 2042 (point light source images Sfa, Sfb, Sfc, etc.) of the illumination beam on the reflecting surface p2004, and to maintain a good separation between the illumination beam and the imaging beam, The size of each point light source image Sfa ', Sfb', Sfc '... formed by the convergence of the imaging beam EL2 on the reflective surface p2004 (including the size of the 1st-order diffracted light DLa, DLb, DLc) is set to The distance between the Y direction and the Z direction of the adjacent window portion 2042 may be smaller. In other words, the point light source images Sfa, Sfb, Sfc ... of the illumination beam EL1 are reduced as much as possible within the pupil plane pd (reflection plane p2004), so as to reduce the window portions 2042a, 2042b, 2042c ... as much as possible. This method is effective for each size.
本實施態樣中,作為光源,雖能利用水銀放電燈、鹵素燈、紫外LED等,但為了縮小照明光束EL1之各點光源像Sfa,Sfb,Sfc...,能利用高輝度且放射震盪波長帶狹窄之光之雷射光源。 In this embodiment, although a mercury discharge lamp, a halogen lamp, an ultraviolet LED, or the like can be used as a light source, in order to reduce the point light sources of the illumination beam EL1 such as Sfa, Sfb, Sfc, etc., high luminance and radiation vibration can be used. Laser light source with narrow wavelength band.
此處,參照圖23說明圖21、圖22所示之照明光學系IL(第1光學系2014)之構成一例。此外,圖23中,對與在圖21、圖22所說明之構件等相同者賦予相同符號,省略說明。又,圖23中,省略圖21中之稜鏡反射鏡2041,將圓筒狀之光罩M與圓筒狀之圖案面p2001上之照明區域IR與第2光學系2015間之光路、以及旋轉捲筒2030之外周面(或基板P之表面)p2002上之投影區域PA與第2光學系2015間之光路展開顯示。 Here, an example of the configuration of the illumination optical system IL (first optical system 2014) shown in FIGS. 21 and 22 will be described with reference to FIG. 23. In addition, in FIG. 23, the same reference numerals are assigned to the same members as those described in FIGS. 21 and 22, and the description is omitted. In FIG. 23, the cymbal mirror 2041 in FIG. 21 is omitted, and the optical path and rotation between the illumination region IR on the cylindrical pattern M and the cylindrical pattern surface p2001 and the second optical system 2015 are rotated. The light path between the projection area PA on the outer peripheral surface of the roll 2030 (or the surface of the substrate P) p2002 and the second optical system 2015 is displayed.
如先前所說明,於照明光學系IL設有來自光源之光束EL0(照明光束EL0)射入而生成多數個點光源像之複眼透鏡2062、使來自多數個點光源像之各個之光束在照明視野光闌(blind)2064上重疊之聚光透鏡2065、以及將通過照明視野光闌2064之開口之照明光導至投影光學系PL(第2光學系2015)之凹面鏡2040之透鏡系2066。由於適用凱拉照明法,因此在複眼透鏡2062之射出側生成點光源像之面Ep,係藉由構成聚光透鏡2065、透鏡系2066、凹面鏡2040之玻璃材(凹透鏡狀)設定成與凹面鏡2040之反射面所位於之瞳面pd共軛。 As described above, the illumination optical system IL is provided with a fly-eye lens 2062 from which a light beam EL0 (illumination light beam EL0) from a light source is incident to generate a plurality of point light source images, so that each light beam from the plurality of point light source images is in the illumination field of view. A condenser lens 2065 superimposed on the blind 2064 and a lens system 2066 that guides the illumination light passing through the opening of the illumination field diaphragm 2064 to the concave mirror 2040 of the projection optical system PL (second optical system 2015). Since the Keira illumination method is applied, the surface Ep that generates a point light source image on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062 is set by the glass material (concave lens shape) constituting the condenser lens 2065, the lens system 2066, and the concave mirror 2040 to form the concave mirror 2040. The pupil plane on which the reflection plane is located is conjugated.
在YZ面內,複眼透鏡2062之射出端中心配置於聚光透鏡2065之光軸2065a上,於該光軸2065a上配置照明視野光闌2064(開口部)之中心。進而,照明視野光闌2064,藉由構成透鏡系2066、凹面鏡2040之玻璃材(凹透鏡狀)、第2光學系2015之複數片透鏡,配置於與圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR(圖案面p2001)光學上共軛之面2014b。 In the YZ plane, the center of the exit end of the fly-eye lens 2062 is arranged on the optical axis 2065a of the condenser lens 2065, and the center of the illumination field diaphragm 2064 (opening) is arranged on the optical axis 2065a. Furthermore, the illumination field diaphragm 2064 is arranged in the illumination area IR on the cylindrical mask M by a glass material (concave lens shape) constituting the lens system 2066, a concave mirror 2040, and a plurality of lenses of the second optical system 2015. (Pattern plane p2001) An optically conjugate plane 2014b.
又,照明光學系IL之第1光學系2014之光軸2014a雖配置成與投影光學系PL(第2光學系2015)之光軸2015a同軸,但聚光透鏡2065之光軸2065a係配置成相對第1光學系2014之光軸2014a在圖23之紙面(XZ面)內往-Z方向偏心。 The optical axis 2014a of the first optical system 2014 of the illumination optical system IL is arranged coaxially with the optical axis 2015a of the projection optical system PL (second optical system 2015), but the optical axis 2065a of the condenser lens 2065 is disposed so as to be opposite to The optical axis 2014a of the first optical system 2014 is decentered in the -Z direction within the paper surface (XZ surface) of Fig. 23.
此處,以生成於複眼透鏡2062射出側之面Ep之複數個點光源像中位於隔著光軸2065a於Z方向為非對稱之位置之兩個點光源像SPa、SPd為例,說明照明光束之現象。 Here, two point light source images SPa and SPd, which are generated at a plurality of point light source images of the surface Ep on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062, which are asymmetrical in the Z direction across the optical axis 2065a, are used as an example to describe the illumination beam. Phenomenon.
來自點光源像SPa之光束,藉由聚光透鏡2065成為大致平行之光束照射照明視野光闌2064。透射照明視野光闌2064之開口部(於Y方向為細長之狹縫狀)之照明光束EL1a,藉由透鏡系2066而於形成於投影光學系PL之凹面鏡2040反射面之窗內收斂成點光源像Sfa。 The light beam from the point light source image SPa is irradiated with the illumination field diaphragm 2064 by the condenser lens 2065 into a substantially parallel light beam. The illumination beam EL1a of the opening (transparent slit shape in the Y direction) of the transmission illumination field diaphragm 2064 converges into a point light source through a lens system 2066 in a window formed on the reflecting surface of the concave mirror 2040 of the projection optical system PL. Like Sfa.
來自點光源像Sfa之照明光束EL1a,如在圖21所說明,透過投影光學 系PL之第2光學系2015照明圓筒狀之光罩M之圓筒狀之圖案面p2001上之照明區域IR。藉由來自該點光源像Sfa之照明光束EL1a之照射而在圖案面p2001產生之成像光束EL2a,係於第2光學系2015逆行進而於凹面鏡2040上再度成像出點光源像Sfa’。藉由來自照明光學系IL之光束而作成之點光源像Sfa與藉由成像光束EL2a而作成之點光源像Sfa’於瞳面pd內位於點對稱之關係之位置。 The illumination light beam EL1a from the point light source image Sfa passes through the second optical system 2015 of the projection optical system PL to illuminate the illuminated area IR on the cylindrical pattern surface p2001 of the cylindrical mask M as described in Fig. 21. The imaging light beam EL2a generated on the pattern surface p2001 by irradiation of the illumination light beam EL1a from the point light source image Sfa is retrograde in the second optical system 2015 and further forms a point light source image Sfa 'on the concave mirror 2040. The point light source image Sfa created by the light beam from the illumination optical system IL and the point light source image Sfa 'created by the imaging beam EL2a are in a point-symmetrical relationship in the pupil plane pd.
同樣地,來自點光源像SPd之光束,藉由聚光透鏡2065成為大致平行之光束照射照明視野光闌2064。透射照明視野光闌2064之開口部之照明光束EL1d,藉由透鏡系2066而於形成於凹面鏡2040反射面之窗內收斂成點光源像Sfd。來自點光源像Sfd之照明光束EL1d,透過第2光學系2015照明圓筒狀之圖案面p2001上之照明區域IR。藉由來自該點光源像Sfd之照明光束之照射而在圖案面p2001產生之成像光束EL2a,係於第2光學系2015逆行進而於凹面鏡2040上再度成像出點光源像Sfd’。藉由來自照明光學系IL之光束而作成之點光源像Sfd與藉由成像光束EL2d而作成之點光源像Sfd’於瞳面pd內位於點對稱之關係之位置。 Similarly, the light beam from the point light source image SPd is irradiated with the illumination field diaphragm 2064 by the condenser lens 2065 into a substantially parallel light beam. The illumination light beam EL1d at the opening of the transmission illumination field diaphragm 2064 converges into a point light source image Sfd in the window formed on the reflecting surface of the concave mirror 2040 through the lens system 2066. The illumination beam EL1d from the point light source image Sfd passes through the second optical system 2015 to illuminate the illumination region IR on the cylindrical pattern surface p2001. The imaging light beam EL2a generated on the pattern surface p2001 by irradiation with the illumination light beam from the point light source image Sfd is retrograde in the second optical system 2015 and further forms a point light source image Sfd 'on the concave mirror 2040. The point light source image Sfd created by the light beam from the illumination optical system IL and the point light source image Sfd 'created by the imaging beam EL2d are in a point-symmetrical relationship in the pupil plane pd.
在凹面鏡2040之反射面形成有點光源像Sfa’、Sfd’之成像光束EL2a、EL2d,投射於基板P上之圓筒狀之投影區域PA內,照明區域IR內之光罩圖案之像成像投影於基板P之投影區域PA內。 On the reflecting surface of the concave mirror 2040, imaging light beams EL2a and EL2d with light sources like Sfa 'and Sfd' are formed, projected into a cylindrical projection area PA on the substrate P, and an image of a mask pattern in the illumination area IR is projected on Within the projection area PA of the substrate P.
圖24係顯示射入圖23所示之生成照明光學系IL之複眼透鏡2062之照明光束EL0之光源裝置2055之構成。光源裝置2055具備固態光源2057、擴展透鏡(凹透鏡)2058、聚光透鏡2059、以及導光構件2060。固態光源2057包含例如雷射二極體(LD)、發光二極體(LED)等。從固態光源2057射出之照明光束LB藉由擴展透鏡2058轉換成發散光束,藉由聚光透鏡2059以既定之收斂比例(NA)聚光於導光構件2060之射入端面2060a。 FIG. 24 shows the structure of a light source device 2055 that emits an illumination light beam EL0 into the fly-eye lens 2062 of the illumination optical system IL shown in FIG. 23. The light source device 2055 includes a solid-state light source 2057, an expansion lens (concave lens) 2058, a condenser lens 2059, and a light guide member 2060. The solid-state light source 2057 includes, for example, a laser diode (LD), a light emitting diode (LED), and the like. The illumination light beam LB emitted from the solid-state light source 2057 is converted into a divergent light beam by the expansion lens 2058, and is condensed by the condensing lens 2059 at a predetermined convergence ratio (NA) on the incident end surface 2060a of the light guide member 2060.
導光構件2060係例如光纖等,射入射入端面2060a之照明光束LB,係 保存NA(數值孔徑)而從射出端面2060b射出,藉由透鏡系2061(準直器)被轉換為大致平行之照明光束EL0。透鏡系2061,將照明光束EL0之光束徑調整成照射複眼透鏡2062之射入側之面整體。此外,單一之光纖之直徑雖為例如300μm,但當來自固態光源2057之照明光束LB之光強度較大時,亦可將複數條光纖緊密地綑束。 The light guide member 2060 is, for example, an optical fiber, and the illumination beam LB that is incident on the end face 2060a is saved from the NA (numerical aperture) and emitted from the exit end face 2060b. The lens system 2061 (collimator) is converted into a substantially parallel Illumination beam EL0. The lens system 2061 adjusts the beam diameter of the illumination light beam EL0 to irradiate the entire surface of the entrance side of the fly-eye lens 2062. In addition, although the diameter of a single optical fiber is, for example, 300 μm, when the light intensity of the illumination light beam LB from the solid-state light source 2057 is large, a plurality of optical fibers can be tightly bundled.
圖25係從聚光透鏡2065側觀看圖23中之複眼透鏡2062之射出側之面Ep(與YZ面平行)所形成之多數個點光源像SP之排列狀態。當在YZ面內,將複眼透鏡2062之射出側之面Ep之中心點設為2062a時,此中心點2062a位於聚光透鏡2065之光軸2065a上。 FIG. 25 shows an array state of a plurality of point light source images SP formed by viewing the surface Ep (parallel to the YZ plane) of the fly-eye lens 2062 in FIG. 23 from the condenser lens 2065 side. When the center point of the surface Ep on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062 is set to 2062a in the YZ plane, the center point 2062a is located on the optical axis 2065a of the condenser lens 2065.
如圖25所示,本實施形態之複眼透鏡2062包含排列在與聚光透鏡2065之光軸2065a正交之面之複數個透鏡要件2062E。複數個透鏡要件2062E之各個具有於Y方向細長之矩形之剖面,於Y方向與Z方向緊密綑束。於各透鏡要件2062E射出端之中心雖形成點光源像(點)SP,但此為圖24中之導光構件2060(光纖)之射出端面2060b之共軛像。又,在YZ面內觀看時,複數個透鏡要件2062E被綑束成各點光源像SP相對中心點2062a(光軸2065a)為彼此非點對稱。 As shown in FIG. 25, the fly-eye lens 2062 of this embodiment includes a plurality of lens elements 2062E arranged on a surface orthogonal to the optical axis 2065a of the condenser lens 2065. Each of the plurality of lens elements 2062E has a rectangular cross section elongated in the Y direction, and is tightly bundled in the Y direction and the Z direction. Although a point light source image (point) SP is formed at the center of the exit end of each lens element 2062E, this is a conjugate image of the exit end face 2060b of the light guide member 2060 (optical fiber) in FIG. 24. In addition, when viewed in the YZ plane, a plurality of lens elements 2062E are bundled so that each point light source image SP is asymmetric to each other with respect to the center point 2062a (optical axis 2065a).
圖25所示之例中,當將包含聚光透鏡2065之光軸2065a、與XY面平行之面設為p2006時,若較此面p2006更位於+Z側之透鏡要件2062E之組為上部透鏡要件群2062U、較此面p2006更位於-Z側之透鏡要件2062E之組為下部透鏡要件群2062D,則在上部透鏡要件群2062U與下部透鏡要件群2062D之間,係將位置錯開透鏡要件2062E之Y方向尺寸之1/2。其結果,分散在上部透鏡要件群2062U內之複數個點光源像SP與分散在下部透鏡要件群2062D內之複數個點光源像SP,相對與通過中心點2062a之與Y軸平行之線亦為非對稱之配置。 In the example shown in FIG. 25, when the surface including the optical axis 2065a of the condenser lens 2065 and the plane parallel to the XY plane is set to p2006, a group of lens elements 2062E located on the + Z side than this plane p2006 is the upper lens. The element group 2062U, and the lens element 2062E located on the -Z side more than this surface p2006 is the lower lens element group 2062D. Between the upper lens element group 2062U and the lower lens element group 2062D, the position is shifted from the lens element 2062E. 1/2 the size in the Y direction. As a result, the plurality of point light source images SP dispersed in the upper lens element group 2062U and the plurality of point light source images SP dispersed in the lower lens element group 2062D are also opposite to a line parallel to the Y axis passing through the center point 2062a. Asymmetric configuration.
之所以複眼透鏡2062之各透鏡要件2062E在YZ面內之剖面形狀構成 為延伸於Y方向之長方形,係為了配合圖23中之照明視野光闌2064之狹縫狀開口形狀之故。亦參照圖26說明其樣子。 The reason why the cross-sectional shape of each lens element 2062E of the fly-eye lens 2062 in the YZ plane is a rectangle extending in the Y direction is to match the slit-like opening shape of the illumination field diaphragm 2064 in FIG. 23. The appearance will also be described with reference to FIG. 26.
圖26係在YZ面內觀看圖23中之照明視野光闌2064之圖。於照明視野光闌2064形成有於Y方向為細長之矩形狀(或梯形狀)之開口部2064A,來自複眼透鏡2062之各點光源像SP之光束藉由聚光透鏡2065而在照明視野光闌2064上成為包含開口部2064A之矩形狀照明光束EL1被重疊。當已將開口部2064A之開口中心配置於聚光透鏡2065之光軸2065a上時,照明光學系IL之第1光學系2014之光軸2014a,通過自開口部2064A之開口中心往+Z方向偏心之位置。 FIG. 26 is a view of the illumination field diaphragm 2064 in FIG. 23 viewed in the YZ plane. An opening 2064A having an elongated rectangular (or trapezoidal) shape in the Y direction is formed in the illumination field diaphragm 2064, and the light beams of each point light source image SP from the fly-eye lens 2062 pass through the condenser lens 2065 in the illumination field diaphragm. A rectangular illumination light beam EL1 including an opening 2064A on 2064 is superimposed. When the opening center of the opening 2064A has been arranged on the optical axis 2065a of the condenser lens 2065, the optical axis 2014a of the first optical system 2014 of the illumination optical system IL is decentered from the opening center of the opening 2064A to the + Z direction. Its location.
圖27係從投影光學系PL之第2光學系2015側觀看能使用於藉由圖25之複眼透鏡2062生成之點光源像SP分布之凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004(配置於瞳面pd)之樣子。凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004由於與複眼透鏡2062之射出側之面Ep共軛,因此圖25所示之複數個點光源像SP(透鏡要件2062E)之分布為如圖27所示在反射面p2004(瞳面pd)內左右、上下反轉之點光源像Sf(黑圓圈)之分布。 Fig. 27 is a view from the second optical system 2015 side of the projection optical system PL, which can be used for the reflecting surface p2004 (arranged on the pupil plane pd) of the concave mirror 2040 of the point light source image SP generated by the fly-eye lens 2062 of Fig. 25 . Since the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 is conjugated to the surface Ep on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062, the distribution of the plurality of point light source images SP (lens element 2062E) shown in FIG. 25 is as shown in FIG. 27 on the reflective surface p2004 ( The distribution of the point light source image Sf (black circle) in the pupil plane pd).
如先前以圖22所說明,於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,用以使複數個點光源像Sf透射之窗部2042相對中心點2044(光軸2015a)配置成非點對稱。在圖27之例,窗部2042形成為於Z方向細長延伸之狹縫狀以使來自於Z方向排列成一列之複數個點光源像Sf之各照明光束彙整透射。又,反射面p2004內之狹縫狀窗部2042以外處,為使來自圓筒狀之光罩M之照明區域IR內之圖案之成像光束有效率地反射之高反射部。 As described previously with reference to FIG. 22, on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, the window portion 2042 for transmitting a plurality of point light source images Sf is arranged in a non-point symmetry with respect to the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015 a). In the example of FIG. 27, the window portion 2042 is formed in a slit shape elongated in the Z direction so that the illumination light beams from the plurality of point light source images Sf arranged in a line in the Z direction are collectively transmitted. In addition, the slit-shaped window portion 2042 in the reflecting surface p2004 is a highly reflecting portion that efficiently reflects the imaging beam from the pattern in the illumination region IR of the cylindrical mask M.
複數個點光源像Sf,相對包含第2光學系2015之光軸2015a且與中心面pc(圖21)正交之平面p2005配置成非面對稱,狹縫狀之各窗部2042之Y方向尺寸,較窄地設定為不遮蔽點光源像Sf之程度。如以圖23所說明,來自通過各窗部2042之複數個點光源像Sf各個之光束(照明光束EL1)通過第 2光學系2015而重疊照射圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案面p2001上之照明區域IR。藉此,照明區域IR被以均一之照度分布照明。 The plurality of point light source images Sf are arranged in a non-plane symmetry with respect to a plane p2005 that includes the optical axis 2015a of the second optical system 2015 and is orthogonal to the center plane pc (FIG. 21), and each of the slit-shaped window portions 2042 has a Y-direction dimension. It is set to a narrow degree so as not to block the point light source image Sf. As described with reference to FIG. 23, the light beam (illumination light beam EL1) from each of the plurality of point light source images Sf passing through each of the window portions 2042 passes through the second optical system 2015 to illuminate the pattern surface p2001 of the cylindrical mask M in an overlapping manner. Illumination area IR. Thereby, the illumination area IR is illuminated with a uniform illuminance distribution.
來自圖案面p2001之照明區域IR內所出現之光罩圖案之反射光(成像光束EL2)雖會返回至凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,但該成像光束EL2,在反射面p2004係再度成為點光源像Sf’而成為分離之分布。如以圖22所說明,藉由成像光束EL2而生成於反射面p2004上之多數個點光源像Sf’(特別是0次繞射光)之分布,係相對中心點2044而與作為照明光束EL1之多數個點光源像Sf之分布為點對稱之關係。 Although the reflected light (imaging beam EL2) from the mask pattern appearing in the illumination area IR of the pattern surface p2001 will return to the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, the imaging beam EL2 becomes a point light source image again on the reflective surface p2004. Sf 'becomes a separate distribution. As illustrated in FIG. 22, the distribution of the plurality of point light sources Sf '(especially 0-order diffraction light) generated on the reflecting surface p2004 by the imaging beam EL2 is relative to the center point 2044 and is the same as the illumination beam EL1. The distribution of the plurality of point light sources like Sf is point-symmetric.
如圖27所示,與作為照明光束EL1源之多數個點光源像Sf所分布之複數個窗部2042為點對稱之關係之反射面p2004上之區域,由於均為高反射部,因此再度成像於反射面p2004上之點光源像Sf’(亦包含1次繞射光)幾乎不損失地被反射,到達基板P。 As shown in FIG. 27, the areas on the reflective surface p2004 that are point-symmetrically related to the plurality of window portions 2042 distributed as the point light source image Sf as the source of the illumination light beam EL1 are all highly reflective portions, so imaging is performed again. The point light source image Sf ′ (including the primary diffraction light) on the reflecting surface p2004 is reflected with almost no loss and reaches the substrate P.
此外,圖27中,即使在凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004中與包含投影光學系PL(第2光學系2015)之光軸2015a之平面p2005(與XY面平行)交叉之線上之部分有作為照明光束源之點光源像Sf之情形,只要如先前之配置條件般將點光源像Sf所位於之部分設為窗部2042,並將相對中心點2044與該窗部2042為點對稱之區域設為反射部(遮光部)即可。 In addition, in FIG. 27, even on the reflection surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, a portion on a line p2005 (parallel to the XY plane) including the optical axis 2015a of the projection optical system PL (second optical system 2015) is used as the illumination beam In the case of the point light source image Sf of the source, as long as the previous configuration conditions, the portion where the point light source image Sf is located is set to the window portion 2042, and the area where the relative center point 2044 and the window portion 2042 are point symmetrical is set to reflect Part (light-shielding part).
不過,在點光源像Sf(窗部2042)位於中心點2044之場合,若以該點光源像Sf為源頭之照明光束照射圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR,則由於在該處反射之成像光束會收斂成在反射面p2004之中心點2044(窗部2042)形成點光源像Sf’,因此有不成為射往基板P之成像光束之情形。因此,可以在反射面p2004之中心點2044附近無點光源像Sf之方式,改變構成複眼透鏡2062之多數個透鏡要件2062E之排列,或於與中心點2044位置對應之透鏡要件2062E施加遮光膜(塗墨)。 However, when the point light source image Sf (window portion 2042) is located at the center point 2044, if the illumination light beam with the point light source image Sf as the source illuminates the illumination area IR on the cylindrical mask M, then The reflected imaging light beam converges to form a point light source image Sf ′ at the center point 2044 (window portion 2042) of the reflecting surface p2004, and thus may not become an imaging light beam directed to the substrate P. Therefore, the arrangement of a plurality of lens elements 2062E constituting the fly-eye lens 2062 can be changed in a manner that the pointless light source image Sf is near the center point 2044 of the reflective surface p2004, or a light shielding film is applied to the lens element 2062E corresponding to the center point 2044 position ( Smear).
又,本實施態樣中,如以圖25與圖27所示,雖係將形成於複眼透鏡2062之射出側之面Ep之點光源像SP之配置(透鏡要件2062E之排列)與形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之窗部2042之配置一對一地配合,但不一定有其必要。亦即,對於形成於複眼透鏡2062之射出側之面Ep之多數個點光源像SP中從凹面鏡2040背側之面p2003射入而能到達反射面p2004(瞳面pd)之一部分點光源像Sf,亦可不設置窗部2042而保持反射面之狀態來遮光。該遮光,亦可藉由在凹面鏡2040背側之面p2003內於應遮蔽之點光源像Sf所位於之區域形成遮光膜或光吸收層來同樣地實現。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 25 and 27, the point light source image SP (the arrangement of lens elements 2062E) formed on the surface Ep formed on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062 and the concave mirror are formed. The configuration of the window portion 2042 of the reflection surface p2004 of 2040 matches one-to-one, but it is not necessarily necessary. That is, for a plurality of point light source images SP formed on the surface Ep on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062, a part of the point light source images Sf that are incident from the surface p2003 on the back side of the concave mirror 2040 and reach the reflective surface p2004 (pupil surface pd) are incident on the point Ep. It is also possible to block light without maintaining the state of the reflecting surface without providing the window portion 2042. This shading can also be achieved by forming a shading film or a light absorbing layer in the area where the point light source image Sf to be shielded is located in the surface p2003 on the back side of the concave mirror 2040.
從構成投影光學系PL之第2光學系2015射入凹面鏡2040之成像光束EL2(多數個點光源像Sf’),亦可不一定要在凹面鏡2040完全反射。例如,於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,除了透射性之窗部2042與反射部以外,亦可設置遮蔽作為照明光束EL1源之複數個點光源像Sf與藉由成像光束EL2之收斂而形成之複數個點光源像Sf’之一方或雙方之一部分點光源像之遮光部。 The imaging beam EL2 (many point light sources like Sf ') incident on the concave mirror 2040 from the second optical system 2015 constituting the projection optical system PL may not necessarily be completely reflected by the concave mirror 2040. For example, in the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, in addition to the transmissive window portion 2042 and the reflective portion, a plurality of point light source images Sf that shield the source of the illumination beam EL1 and a complex number formed by the convergence of the imaging beam EL2 may be provided. One or both of the point light source images Sf ′ are light-shielding portions of part of the point light source images.
以上,說明了第11實施形態,本實施形態中,如圖21或圖22所示,來自照明光學系IL之照明光,從配置於投影光學系PL之瞳面pd之凹面鏡2040背側射入,透過構成投影光學系PL之第2光學系2015與稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a,作為照明光束EL1到達圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR。 The eleventh embodiment has been described above. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 21 or FIG. 22, the illumination light from the illumination optical system IL is incident from the back side of the concave mirror 2040 disposed on the pupil plane pd of the projection optical system PL. Through the second optical system 2015 constituting the projection optical system PL and the reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041, it reaches the illumination region IR on the cylindrical mask M as the illumination beam EL1.
若將本實施態樣中之投影光學系PL之成像光路試區分為照明區域IR(物體面)至凹面鏡2040(瞳面pd)之第1光路與凹面鏡2040(瞳面pd)至投影區域PA(像面)之第2光路,則該第1光路兼作為用以將來自照明光學系IL之照明光束導至照明區域IR之落斜照明用之光路。 If the imaging optical path test of the projection optical system PL in this embodiment is divided into the first optical path from the illumination area IR (object surface) to the concave mirror 2040 (pupil plane pd) and the concave mirror 2040 (pupil plane pd) to the projection region PA ( Image plane), the first optical path also serves as the optical path for the oblique illumination for guiding the illumination beam from the illumination optical system IL to the illumination area IR.
如上述,本實施形態之處理裝置U3(曝光裝置),由於係以配置於投影 光學系PL之瞳面或其近旁之反射鏡有效率地在空間上分離照明光束與成像光束之落斜照明方式,因此能使裝置構成簡單。又,與藉由偏光狀態之差異分離照明光束與成像光束之方式比較,無需使用較大之偏光分束器或波長板等,能使裝置構成簡單。 As described above, the processing device U3 (exposure device) of this embodiment is a diagonally illuminating illumination method that efficiently separates the illumination beam and the imaging beam spatially with a reflector disposed on the pupil surface of the projection optical system PL or its vicinity. Therefore, the device configuration can be simplified. In addition, compared with the method of separating the illumination light beam and the imaging light beam by the difference in the polarization state, it is not necessary to use a large polarizing beam splitter or a wavelength plate, and the device configuration can be simplified.
再者,在使照明光束與成像光束偏光分離之方式下,雖有需對應因波長板導致之波面動亂、或因在偏光分束器之消光比之問題導致之投影像特性(對比、像差等)劣化之情形,但在本實施態樣中,幾乎沒有因該等原因導致之投影像之特性劣化,能抑制曝光不良之發生。又,本實施形態之處理裝置U3由於組裝有透過投影光學系一部分將照明光照射於反射型光罩M之落斜照明方式,因此與於透射型之光罩內部組裝照明光學系之情形相較,特別在照明光學系之設計自由度提高。 In addition, in the method of separating the polarization of the illumination beam and the imaging beam, it is necessary to cope with the wavefront disturbance caused by the wavelength plate or the problem of the projection image characteristics (contrast, aberration) caused by the problem of the extinction ratio of the polarizing beam splitter Etc.), but in this embodiment, there is almost no deterioration in the characteristics of the projected image due to these reasons, and the occurrence of poor exposure can be suppressed. In addition, the processing device U3 of this embodiment is equipped with a down-tilt illumination method that irradiates the illumination light to the reflective mask M through a part of the projection optical system, so it is compared with the case where the illumination optical system is assembled inside the transmissive mask. In particular, the degree of freedom in designing the illumination optics is improved.
本實施態樣中,圖24所示之光源裝置2055,由於能縮小點光源像之尺寸,因而假定了使用放射光指向性強之雷射光源(例如KrF、ArF、XeF等準分子雷射光),但不限定於此。例如,亦可使用放射g線、h線、i線等輝線光之燈光源、或放射光指向性弱之雷射二極體或發光二極體(LED)等。 In this embodiment, the light source device 2055 shown in FIG. 24 can reduce the size of the point light source image, so it is assumed that a laser light source with strong directivity of radiation (for example, excimer laser light such as KrF, ArF, XeF) is used. , But not limited to this. For example, a light source that emits bright rays such as g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays, or a laser diode or a light-emitting diode (LED) with weak directivity of the emitted light may be used.
本實施形態之元件製造系統2001(圖20),由於能使處理裝置U3(曝光裝置)之構成簡單,因此能減低元件之製造成本。又,由於處理裝置U3係一邊將基板P沿旋轉捲筒2030之外周面p2002搬送一邊掃描曝光之方式,因此能效率良好地執行曝光處理。其結果,元件製造系統2001能以良好效率製造元件。 Since the component manufacturing system 2001 (FIG. 20) of this embodiment can simplify the configuration of the processing device U3 (exposure device), the manufacturing cost of the component can be reduced. Moreover, since the processing apparatus U3 is a method of scanning and exposing while carrying the substrate P along the outer peripheral surface p2002 of the rotary reel 2030, the exposure process can be performed efficiently. As a result, the component manufacturing system 2001 can manufacture components with good efficiency.
其次,參照圖28說明第12實施形態。本實施形態係將以先前之圖25、圖27所說明之複眼透鏡2062構成與形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內之點光源像Sf之配置變更者,對與上述實施形態相同之構成要件賦予與上述實施形態相同之符號,簡化或省略其說明。 Next, a twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 28. In this embodiment, the configuration of the fly-eye lens 2062 described in FIG. 25 and FIG. 27 and the configuration of the point light source image Sf formed in the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 is changed. The same symbols as those in the above-mentioned embodiment will simplify or omit the description.
圖28,係在與投影光學系PL之光軸2015a正交之YZ面內,觀看凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內複眼透鏡2062之複數個透鏡要件2062E如何等價地配置之圖。以複數個透鏡要件2062E(點光源像Sf)相對凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之中心點2044(光軸2015a)成為彼此非點對稱之排列之方式,最接近中心點2044之透鏡要件2062E之中心從中心點2044往Y方向及Z方向位移。 FIG. 28 is a diagram showing how a plurality of lens elements 2062E of the fly-eye lens 2062 are equivalently arranged in the YZ plane orthogonal to the optical axis 2015a of the projection optical system PL. In a manner that a plurality of lens elements 2062E (point light source image Sf) are arranged in an asymmetrical manner with respect to the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015a) of the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, the center of the lens element 2062E closest to the center point 2044 is The center point 2044 is displaced in the Y direction and the Z direction.
本實施態樣中,複眼透鏡2062之各透鏡要件2062E之剖面形狀(在YZ面內之形狀)係如以先前圖26所說明般,設定為與包含照明視野光闌2064之矩形開口部2064A之長方形相似之形狀,但此處,Y方向剖面尺寸Py與Z方向剖面尺寸Pz之比Py/Pz設定為大致4。因此,分布於反射面p2004(瞳面pd)內之多數個點光源像Sf亦於Y方向以剖面尺寸Py之節距排列,於Z方向以剖面尺寸Pz之節距排列。 In this embodiment, the cross-sectional shape (shape in the YZ plane) of each lens element 2062E of the fly-eye lens 2062 is set to be equal to that of the rectangular opening 2064A including the illumination field diaphragm 2064 as described in FIG. 26. The rectangular shape is similar, but here, the ratio Py / Pz of the Y-direction cross-sectional dimension Py and the Z-direction cross-sectional dimension Pz is set to approximately 4. Therefore, the plurality of point light source images Sf distributed in the reflecting surface p2004 (pupil plane pd) are also arranged in the Y direction with a pitch of the cross-sectional size Py and in the Z direction with a pitch of the cross-sectional size Pz.
只要係通常之複眼透鏡,各透鏡要件2062E中心雖會往Y方向與Z方向之兩方筆直地排列配置,但本實施態樣中,係使於Z方向相鄰之透鏡要件2062E彼此於Y方向各位移△Y來配置。若將此位移量△Y設為透鏡要件2062E之Y方向剖面尺寸(排列之節距)Py之1/4左右,則各點光源像Sf會位於在YZ面內彼此往±45度、±135度之任一方向分離之位置。 As long as it is a normal fly-eye lens, although the center of each lens element 2062E will be arranged straight in both the Y direction and the Z direction, in this embodiment, the lens elements 2062E adjacent to the Z direction are in the Y direction. Each displacement ΔY is arranged. If this displacement amount ΔY is set to about 1/4 of the Y-direction cross-sectional dimension (arrangement pitch) Py of lens element 2062E, the point light source images Sf will be located within 45 degrees, ± 135 toward each other in the YZ plane. A position separated by either direction.
圖28中,當特定出位於反射面p2004之中心點2044之極近處、包圍中心點2044之四個點光源像Sf時,以該四個點光源像Sf包圍之區域(此處為傾斜之長方形)之重心位置係從中心點2044位移。換言之,以該四個點光源像Sf包圍之區域之重心位置位於與中心點2044不同之位置。藉由將凹面鏡2040與複眼透鏡2062在YZ面內之位置關係設定為會產生此種位移,而能將所有點光源像Sf之各個以相對中心點2044彼此為非點對稱之關係來配置。此事意指能隨時使相對中心點2044與各點光源像Sf為點對稱之關係之反射面p2004上之區域成為反射部。 In FIG. 28, when the four point light source images Sf located near the center point 2044 of the reflecting surface p2004 and surrounding the center point 2044 are specified, the area surrounded by the four point light source images Sf (here, the tilted The position of the center of gravity of the rectangle) is displaced from the center point 2044. In other words, the position of the center of gravity of the area surrounded by the four point light source images Sf is located at a position different from the center point 2044. By setting the positional relationship between the concave mirror 2040 and the fly-eye lens 2062 in the YZ plane so that such a displacement occurs, each of the point light source images Sf can be arranged with a non-symmetrical relationship with respect to the center point 2044. This means that the area on the reflecting surface p2004 in which the relative center point 2044 and each point light source image Sf are point-symmetric can be made a reflecting portion at any time.
雖對應於如以上所配置之點光源像Sf之分布而於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內形成使各點光源像Sf透射之窗部2042,但該窗部之形狀、尺寸、配置能考量幾種形態。單純而言,係如圖28所示,使僅使一個點光源像Sf透射之圓形之窗部2042H配合點光源像Sf之排列而分布於反射面p2004全面之形態。 Although a window portion 2042 for transmitting each point light source image Sf is formed in the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 corresponding to the distribution of the point light source image Sf configured as described above, the shape, size, and configuration of the window portion can be considered in several ways. form. To put it simply, as shown in FIG. 28, a circular window portion 2042H that transmits only one point light source image Sf is distributed in a comprehensive manner on the reflecting surface p2004 in accordance with the arrangement of the point light source images Sf.
作為其他形態,亦可係使在反射面p2004上相對Y方向傾斜45度之方向排列成一列之所有點光源像Sf彙整透射之槽狀窗部2042K。當以位於此窗部2042K內之一連串點光源像Sf作為源頭之照明光束照射圓筒狀之光罩M之照明區域IR時,該反射光束(成像光束),係凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上成為點光源像Sf’(亦包含1次繞射像)收斂於從使點光源像Sf透射之窗部位移之反射區域2042K’。此外,亦可係使相對Y方向傾斜45度之方向所排列之兩個點光源像Sf為一組彙整透射之橢圓形(或葫蘆形)之窗部2042L。不論係哪一種窗部2042H,2042K,2042L,都是將來自各點光源像Sf之照明光局部不遮蔽之範圍內極力地縮小形成。 As another form, the slot-shaped window portions 2042K in which all the point light source images Sf arranged in a row on the reflecting surface p2004 are inclined in a direction of 45 degrees with respect to the Y direction may be integrated. When a series of point light source image Sf located in this window portion 2042K is used as the source illumination beam to illuminate the illumination region IR of the cylindrical mask M, the reflected beam (imaging beam) becomes the reflection surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040. The point light source image Sf '(including the primary diffraction image) converges on a reflection region 2042K' displaced from a window portion through which the point light source image Sf is transmitted. In addition, the two point light source images Sf arranged in a direction inclined at 45 degrees with respect to the Y direction may also be a set of oval-shaped (or gourd-shaped) window portions 2042L integrated and transmitted. Regardless of the type of window portion 2042H, 2042K, 2042L, they are formed as small as possible within a range where the illumination light from each point light source image Sf is not blocked locally.
以上之第12實施態樣中,複眼透鏡2062之透鏡要件2062E之Y方向位移量△Y可任意設定,透鏡要件2062E之剖面尺寸之比Py/Pz亦不一定要設為整數倍。 In the above twelfth embodiment, the Y-direction displacement amount ΔY of the lens element 2062E of the fly-eye lens 2062 can be arbitrarily set, and the ratio of the cross-sectional size Py / Pz of the lens element 2062E is not necessarily set to an integer multiple.
其次,參照圖29說明第13實施形態。本實施形態亦與圖28同樣地,係關於複眼透鏡2062之構成與形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內之點光源像Sf配置之變形者。圖29之構成中,複眼透鏡2062之複數個透鏡要件2062E之中心在YZ面內直線排列於Y方向與Z方向。 Next, a thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 29. This embodiment is also a modification of the configuration of the fly-eye lens 2062 and the arrangement of the point light source image Sf formed in the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, as in FIG. 28. In the configuration of FIG. 29, the centers of the plurality of lens elements 2062E of the fly-eye lens 2062 are linearly arranged in the Y direction and the Z direction in the YZ plane.
在此種複眼透鏡2062之情形,形成於各透鏡要件2062E之射出側之點光源像Sf,於Y方向以剖面尺寸Py之節距排列,於Z方向以剖面尺寸Pz之節距排列。此種情形亦與圖28之第12實施態樣所說明般,當著眼於位在 凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之中心點2044(光軸2015a)之極近處、包圍中心點2044之四個點光源像Sfv1,Sfv2,Sfv3,Sfv4時,以該四個點光源像Sfv1~Sfv4包圍之區域(長方形)之重心位置Gc係從中心點2044位移。換言之,重心位置Gc位於與中心點2044不同之位置。 In the case of such a fly-eye lens 2062, the point light source images Sf formed on the exit side of each lens element 2062E are arranged at a pitch of the sectional size Py in the Y direction and at a pitch of the sectional size Pz in the Z direction. This situation is also as explained in the twelfth embodiment of FIG. 28, focusing on the four points that are located very close to the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015a) of the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 and surround the center point 2044. When the light source images Sfv1, Sfv2, Sfv3, Sfv4, the center of gravity position Gc of the area (rectangle) surrounded by the four point light source images Sfv1 ~ Sfv4 is shifted from the center point 2044. In other words, the center of gravity position Gc is located at a position different from the center point 2044.
藉由將凹面鏡2040與複眼透鏡2062在YZ面內之位置關係設定為會產生此種位移,而能將所有點光源像Sf之各個以相對中心點2044彼此為非點對稱之關係來配置。因此,能隨時使相對中心點2044與各點光源像Sf為點對稱之關係之反射面p2004上之區域成為反射部。 By setting the positional relationship between the concave mirror 2040 and the fly-eye lens 2062 in the YZ plane so that such a displacement occurs, each of the point light source images Sf can be arranged with a non-symmetrical relationship with respect to the center point 2044. Therefore, the region on the reflecting surface p2004 in which the relative center point 2044 and each point light source image Sf are point-symmetric can be made a reflecting portion at any time.
此外,於本實施形態之凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,係配合透鏡要件2062E(點光源像Sf)之排列節距形成有用以使點光源像Sf個別透射之圓形窗部2042H。 In addition, the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 of this embodiment is formed in accordance with the arrangement pitch of the lens elements 2062E (point light source image Sf) to form a circular window portion 2042H which is useful for transmitting the point light source image Sf individually.
其次,參照圖30說明第14實施形態。本實施形態亦與圖28、圖29同樣地,係關於複眼透鏡2062之構成與形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內之點光源像Sf配置之變形者。圖30之構成中,雖複眼透鏡2062之複數個透鏡要件2062E(剖面形狀為於Y方向細長之長方形)於Y方向以剖面尺寸Py之節距排列,於Z方向以剖面尺寸Pz之節距緊密地排列,但排列於Y方向之一列量之透鏡要件2062E群,係於Z方向之每一列交互在Y方向改變(錯開)位置地排列。 Next, a fourteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 30. This embodiment is similar to FIG. 28 and FIG. 29, and relates to the configuration of the fly-eye lens 2062 and the deformed arrangement of the point light source image Sf formed in the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040. In the structure of FIG. 30, although the multiple lens elements 2062E (the shape of the cross section is a slender rectangle in the Y direction) of the fly-eye lens 2062 are arranged in the Y direction at a pitch of the cross-sectional size Py, and are close in the Z direction at the pitch of the cross-sectional size Pz. The lens elements 2062E group arranged in one row in the Y direction are arranged in the Y direction, and each row in the Z direction is alternately arranged in the Y direction to change (shift) the position.
在複眼透鏡2062之情形,點光源像Sf雖生成於接收來自光源之照明光(例如圖24中之EL0)之所有各透鏡要件2062E之射出端側,但為了遮蔽於該點光源像Sf中相對凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之中心點2044為彼此點對稱之配置關係之兩個點光源像Sf之一方,而於對應之透鏡要件2062E形成遮光體2062s。 In the case of the fly-eye lens 2062, the point light source image Sf is generated on the exit end side of all the lens elements 2062E that receive illumination light from the light source (for example, EL0 in FIG. 24), but in order to cover the point light source image Sf, The center point 2044 of the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 is one of two point light source images Sf in a point-symmetrical arrangement relationship with each other, and a light-shielding body 2062s is formed with the corresponding lens element 2062E.
在圖30之構成中,係於對應之透鏡要件2062E形成遮光體2062s(金屬 薄膜等)以於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內被選擇之點光源像Sf亂數且均一地分布。在使用此種複眼透鏡2062時,亦如圖30所示於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004形成用以使點光源像Sf透射之圓形窗部2042H。 In the configuration of FIG. 30, a light-shielding body 2062s (metal thin film, etc.) is formed in correspondence with the corresponding lens element 2062E so that the selected point light source images Sf in the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 are randomly and uniformly distributed. When such a fly-eye lens 2062 is used, a circular window portion 2042H for transmitting the point light source image Sf is formed on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 as shown in FIG. 30.
其次,參照圖31說明第15實施形態。在本實施形態,不使用至此為止所說明之複眼透鏡2062,而藉由光源像形成部於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內形成多數個點光源像Sf。圖31係顯示包含凹面鏡2040在與XZ面平行且包含光軸2015a(中心點2044)之面之剖面,在點光源像Sf(Sfa)所位於之反射面p2004上形成有各窗部2042H。 Next, a fifteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 31. In this embodiment, instead of the fly-eye lens 2062 described so far, a plurality of point light source images Sf are formed in the reflection surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 by the light source image forming portion. FIG. 31 shows a cross section of a surface including a concave mirror 2040 parallel to the XZ plane and including the optical axis 2015a (center point 2044). Each window portion 2042H is formed on a reflection surface p2004 where a point light source image Sf (Sfa) is located.
凹面鏡2040,例如係於低熱膨脹率之精密陶瓷或玻璃陶瓷製之母材之凹面側形成有反射膜者。於該反射膜以與先前之各實施態樣相同之條件形成複數個窗部2042H,在本實施形態中,於該窗部2042H後方之母材形成使照明光學系IL一部分即光纖Fbs通過之貫通孔(1mm程度之直徑)。 The concave mirror 2040 is, for example, a reflective film formed on the concave side of a base material made of a precision ceramic or glass ceramic with a low thermal expansion coefficient. A plurality of window portions 2042H are formed on the reflective film under the same conditions as in the previous embodiments. In this embodiment, a base material behind the window portion 2042H is formed to pass through a part of the illumination optical system IL, that is, the optical fiber Fbs. Hole (1mm diameter).
各光纖Fbs之射出端發揮點光源像之功能,設置於與反射面p2004大致相同之面。照射於各光纖Fbs之射入端之照明光,被設定成從光纖Fbs之射出端投射之照明光束(例如EL1a)具有既定數值孔徑(發散角度特性)。又,來自各光纖Fbs射出端之照明光束之方向設定於與通過該射出端(點光源像)之主光線之方向一致。 The emitting end of each optical fiber Fbs functions as a point light source image, and is provided on a surface substantially the same as the reflection surface p2004. The illumination light irradiated on the entrance end of each optical fiber Fbs is set such that the illumination beam (for example, EL1a) projected from the exit end of the optical fiber Fbs has a predetermined numerical aperture (divergence angle characteristic). In addition, the direction of the illuminating light beam from the emitting end of each optical fiber Fbs is set to coincide with the direction of the main ray passing through the emitting end (point light source image).
在圖31所示之構成,由於不使用複眼透鏡2062而在光纖Fbs之射出端生成多數個點光源像Sf之各個,因此雖需要對應窗部2042H數目之光纖,但能使光源至凹面鏡2040之系、亦即照明光學系IL整體小型化。 In the structure shown in FIG. 31, since a plurality of point light sources like Sf are generated at the emitting end of the optical fiber Fbs without using the fly-eye lens 2062, although the number of optical fibers corresponding to the number of window sections 2042H is required, the light source can reach the concave mirror 2040. System, that is, the overall size of the illumination optical system IL.
又,於凹面鏡2040雖設有光纖Fbs之射出端貫通之小孔,但亦可於該小孔之各個埋設石英製之細光管(圓柱狀桿)等,於該光管各個之射入端側設置具有聚光透鏡之紫外線發光二極體(LED),而使各光管之射出端側與凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004一致。 In addition, although a small hole penetrating through the exit end of the optical fiber Fbs is provided in the concave mirror 2040, a thin light tube (cylindrical rod) made of quartz and the like can be embedded in each of the small holes, and each light end of the light tube can be inserted. An ultraviolet light emitting diode (LED) with a condenser lens is arranged on the side, so that the exit end side of each light pipe is consistent with the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040.
其次,參照圖32A、32B、圖33A、33B、33C說明第16實施形態。在本實施形態中,係取代照明光學系IL內之複眼透鏡2062,而使用桿透鏡(角柱狀之玻璃或石英)來均一地照明圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR。 Next, a sixteenth embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B, and 33C. In this embodiment, instead of the fly-eye lens 2062 in the illumination optical system IL, a rod lens (corner-shaped glass or quartz) is used to uniformly illuminate the illumination region IR on the cylindrical mask M.
圖32A係從Y軸方向觀看導引光源之光之導光構件2060(光纖)至投影光學系PL(第2光學系2015)之光路之俯視圖,圖32B係從Z軸方向觀看圖32A之光路之俯視圖。圖32A、32B中,從照明視野光闌2064至投影光學系PL之光路構成,由於與先前之圖23之構成相同,因此該部分之說明省略。 FIG. 32A is a plan view of the optical path from the light guide member 2060 (optical fiber) that guides the light from the light source to the projection optical system PL (second optical system 2015) as viewed from the Y-axis direction, and FIG. 32B is the optical path of FIG. 32A as viewed from the Z-axis direction Top view. In FIGS. 32A and 32B, the configuration of the optical path from the illumination field diaphragm 2064 to the projection optical system PL is the same as the previous configuration of FIG. 23, so the description of this portion is omitted.
圖32A、32B所示之照明光學系IL,具備以圖24說明之導光構件2060、聚光透鏡2093、桿透鏡2094、照明視野光闌2064、透鏡系2066等。凹面鏡2040之後之投影光學系PL(第2光學系2015)之構成與先前之圖21、圖23相同。 The illumination optical system IL shown in FIGS. 32A and 32B includes a light guide member 2060, a condenser lens 2093, a rod lens 2094, an illumination field diaphragm 2064, a lens system 2066, and the like described with reference to FIG. 24. The configuration of the projection optical system PL (second optical system 2015) after the concave mirror 2040 is the same as that of FIGS. 21 and 23.
從導光構件(光纖)2060射出之照明光束EL0,藉由聚光透鏡2093而收斂於桿透鏡2094之射入端面2094a或其近旁。桿透鏡2094沿YZ面之剖面形狀(射入端面2094a、射出端面2094b),形成為包含照明視野光闌2064之梯形或長方形之開口部2064A(圖26)之長方形。其剖面形狀,係與先前之圖25、圖28~圖30所示之複眼透鏡2062之透鏡要件2062E之剖面形狀大致相似形狀。 The illumination light beam EL0 emitted from the light guide member (optical fiber) 2060 converges to the entrance end face 2094a of the rod lens 2094 or its vicinity by the condenser lens 2093. The cross-sectional shape of the rod lens 2094 along the YZ plane (the entrance end surface 2094a and the exit end surface 2094b) is formed into a rectangular shape including a trapezoidal or rectangular opening 2064A (FIG. 26) of the illumination field diaphragm 2064. The cross-sectional shape is substantially similar to the cross-sectional shape of the lens element 2062E of the fly-eye lens 2062 shown in FIG. 25 and FIGS. 28 to 30.
在使用桿透鏡2094之情形,在射入端面2094a收斂之照明光束EL0,係在桿透鏡2094內部,在與XZ面平行之側面2094c及與XY面平行之側面2094d之間多數次移動而反覆內部反射後進至射出端面2094b。在桿透鏡之情形,雖照明光之照度分布最為均一者為射出端面2094b,但其均一性會隨著內部反射之反覆數越多而越好。因此,使該射出端面2094b和與圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR共軛之面2014b一致地配置。 When a rod lens 2094 is used, the illumination beam EL0 that converges at the incident end surface 2094a is inside the rod lens 2094, and moves between the side 2094c parallel to the XZ plane and the side 2094d parallel to the XY plane to repeat the interior. After reflection, it enters the exit end face 2094b. In the case of a rod lens, although the most uniform distribution of the illuminance of the illumination light is the exit end face 2094b, its uniformity will be better as the number of internal reflections increases. Therefore, the emission end surface 2094b and the surface 2014b conjugated to the illumination region IR on the cylindrical mask M are arranged in line.
由於本實施形態之桿透鏡2094之剖面為長方形,因此在對向之側面2094c間之照明光之反射次數,較在對向之側面2094d間之照明光之反射次數少。照明光束EL0在桿透鏡2094內面反射之次數,從提高照度均一性之觀點來看係以為兩次以上之方式設定桿透鏡2094之長度等。此外,由於桿透鏡2094之射出端面2094b之形狀係界定照明區域IR之外緣,因此照明視野光闌2064亦可省略。 Since the cross section of the rod lens 2094 in this embodiment is rectangular, the number of reflections of the illumination light between the opposite side surfaces 2094c is smaller than the number of reflections of the illumination light between the opposite side surfaces 2094d. The number of times the illumination beam EL0 is reflected on the inner surface of the rod lens 2094 is to set the length of the rod lens 2094 twice or more from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of illuminance. In addition, since the shape of the exit end face 2094b of the rod lens 2094 defines the outer edge of the illumination area IR, the illumination field diaphragm 2064 may be omitted.
接著,若將連結桿透鏡2094之射入端面2094a在YZ面內之中心點與射入端面2094b在YZ面內之中心點之線設為中心軸AX2003,則此中心軸AX2003雖與投影光學系PL之光軸2015a(透鏡系2066之光軸2014a)平行,但往Z方向偏心。進而,導光構件2060之射出端雖配置於聚光透鏡2093之光軸2093a上,但該光軸2093a相對桿透鏡2094之中心軸AX2003往-Y方向位移配置。 Next, if the line connecting the central point of the incident end face 2094a of the rod lens 2094 in the YZ plane and the central point of the incident end face 2094b in the YZ plane is set as the central axis AX2003, this central axis AX2003 is related to the projection optical system. The optical axis 2015a of the PL (the optical axis 2014a of the lens system 2066) is parallel, but decentered in the Z direction. Further, although the emission end of the light guide member 2060 is disposed on the optical axis 2093a of the condenser lens 2093, the optical axis 2093a is disposed displaced in the -Y direction with respect to the center axis AX2003 of the rod lens 2094.
藉由該往-Y方向之位移,而能將生成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004內之多數個點光源像Sf配置成相對反射面p2004之中心點2044(光軸2015a)為非點對稱。依據圖33A~33C詳述此事。圖33A係從桿透鏡2094之射出端面2094b側往X軸方向觀看聚光透鏡2093之圖,圖33B係從透鏡系2066側往X軸方向觀看桿透鏡2094之圖,圖33C係從X軸方向觀看凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之圖。 By this displacement in the -Y direction, a plurality of point light source images Sf generated in the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 can be arranged to be non-point symmetrical with respect to the center point 2044 (optical axis 2015a) of the reflecting surface p2004. This is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 33A to 33C. FIG. 33A is a view looking at the condenser lens 2093 from the exit end 2094b side of the rod lens 2094 toward the X-axis direction, FIG. 33B is a view looking at the rod lens 2094 from the lens system 2066 side toward the X-axis direction, and FIG. 33C is a view from the X-axis direction View the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040.
如圖33A所示,桿透鏡2094之剖面係以與XY面平行之側面2094d及與XZ面平行之側面2094c規定之矩形,桿透鏡2094之中心軸AX2003與聚光透鏡2093之光軸2093a係相對地往Y方向偏心。又,如圖33B所示,相對於透鏡系2066之光軸2014a(2015a),桿透鏡2094之中心軸AX2003往Z方向偏心。 As shown in FIG. 33A, the cross section of the rod lens 2094 is a rectangle defined by a side surface 2094d parallel to the XY plane and a side surface 2094c parallel to the XZ plane. The central axis AX2003 of the rod lens 2094 and the optical axis 2093a of the condenser lens 2093 are opposite to each other. The ground is eccentric. Further, as shown in FIG. 33B, with respect to the optical axis 2014a (2015a) of the lens system 2066, the center axis AX2003 of the rod lens 2094 is decentered in the Z direction.
在此種構成中,作為凹面鏡2040之母材之凹透鏡與透鏡系2066,係將桿透鏡2094之射出端面2094b所位於之面2014b之傅立葉轉換面(瞳面pd) 形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上。因此,如圖33C所示,於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上多數個點光源像Sf於Y方向以節距DSy、於Z方向以節距DSz形成。該等點光源像Sf,係作為在桿透鏡2094之射入端面2094a收斂之照明光束EL0之點像之虛像出現。 In this configuration, the concave lens and lens system 2066, which is the base material of the concave mirror 2040, is formed on the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave lens 2040 on the reflection surface p2004 of the surface 2014b where the exit end face 2094b of the rod lens 2094 is located. on. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 33C, a plurality of point light source images Sf on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 are formed with a pitch DSy in the Y direction and a pitch DSz in the Z direction. The point light source image Sf appears as a virtual image of a point image of the illumination light beam EL0 that converges on the entrance end face 2094a of the rod lens 2094.
複數個點光源像Sf,由於桿透鏡2094之剖面為長方形,因此與其剖面長邊平行之方向(Y方向)之點光源像Sf之排列節距DSy,較與短邊平行之方向(Z方向)之點光源像Sf之排列節距DSz長。又,如圖32A、32B所示,在桿透鏡2094內之照明光之內部反射次數,由於Z方向較Y方向多,因此生成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上之點光源像Sf之數目,亦係Z方向較Y方向多。圖33C之例中,於Z方向排列五個點光源像Sf,於Y方向排列三個點光源像Sf。 The point light source image Sf of the plurality of point light sources is rectangular, so the arrangement pitch of the point light source image Sf in the direction parallel to the long side of the cross section (Y direction) is DSy, which is parallel to the direction parallel to the short side (Z direction). The point light source image Sf has a long arrangement pitch DSz. As shown in FIGS. 32A and 32B, since the number of internal reflections of the illumination light in the rod lens 2094 is greater in the Z direction than in the Y direction, the number of point light source images Sf generated on the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 is also The Z direction is more than the Y direction. In the example of FIG. 33C, five point light source images Sf are arranged in the Z direction, and three point light source images Sf are arranged in the Y direction.
再者,藉由使桿透鏡2094之中心軸AX2003與聚光透鏡2093之光軸2093a相對地於Y方向偏心,而生成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004上之點光源像Sf之分布,相對中心點2044(光軸2015a)整體往Y方向偏心,能將點光源像Sf之各個配置成相對中心點2044為彼此非點對稱之關係。 Furthermore, by decentering the central axis AX2003 of the rod lens 2094 and the optical axis 2093a of the condenser lens 2093 with respect to the Y direction, a point light source image Sf generated on the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 is distributed relative to the center point. 2044 (optical axis 2015a) as a whole is eccentric to the Y direction, and each of the point light source images Sf can be arranged in a non-point symmetrical relationship with respect to the center point 2044.
與先前圖27所示之實施態樣同樣地,於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,使於Z方向排列成一列之複數個點光源像Sf彙整透射之槽狀窗部2042係在Y方向以節距DSy形成有三列。各窗部2042之Y方向寬度,係在不遮蔽以點光源像Sf為源頭之照明光束之範圍設定成盡可能小。此等槽狀之窗部2042亦形成為相對中心點2044為彼此非點對稱之配置。 Similar to the previous embodiment shown in FIG. 27, on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040, a plurality of point light source images Sf arranged in a row in the Z direction are collectively transmitted through the slot-shaped window portions 2042 in the Y direction at a pitch. DSy is formed with three columns. The width in the Y direction of each window portion 2042 is set to be as small as possible so as not to block the illumination light beam with the point light source image Sf as the source. These slot-shaped window portions 2042 are also formed to be non-point symmetrical to each other with respect to the center point 2044.
在圖33C之構成,桿透鏡2094之中心軸AX2003與聚光透鏡2093之光軸2093a之Y方向偏心量被設定為,在凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004(瞳面pd)上,最接近中心點2044(光軸2015a)之點光源像Sf至中心點2044之Y方向距離(設為Yk)設定成排列於Y方向之窗部2042之間隔(設為Yw)之一半未滿、亦即Yk<(Yw/2)。 In the structure of FIG. 33C, the y-direction eccentricity of the central axis AX2003 of the rod lens 2094 and the optical axis 2093a of the condenser lens 2093 is set to be closest to the center point 2044 on the reflection surface p2004 (pupil plane pd) of the concave mirror 2040. The distance from the point light source image Sf of (optical axis 2015a) to the center point 2044 in the Y direction (set to Yk) is set so that one half of the interval (set to Yw) of the window portion 2042 arranged in the Y direction is not full, that is, Yk <( Yw / 2).
如上述,若將作為照射圓筒狀之光罩M之照明區域IR之照明光束EL1之源之點光源像Sf配置於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004(瞳面pd)上,則從圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR產生之成像光束EL2,係如圖33C所示,在反射面p2004上成為點光源像Sf之繞射像Sf’(包含0次光與±1次繞射光等)而分布。在反射面p2004上,繞射像Sf’與照明光束EL1源即點光源像Sf位於相對中心點2044為點對稱之位置。 As described above, if the point light source image Sf, which is the source of the illumination beam EL1 that illuminates the illumination region IR of the cylindrical mask M, is arranged on the reflective surface p2004 (pupil plane pd) of the concave mirror 2040, The imaging beam EL2 generated by the illumination area IR on the mask M is a diffraction image Sf '(including 0th order light and ± 1st order light) of the point light source image Sf on the reflection surface p2004 as shown in FIG. 33C. And distribution. On the reflecting surface p2004, the diffraction image Sf 'and the point light source image Sf, which is the source of the illumination beam EL1, are located at a point symmetrical position with respect to the center point 2044.
本實施形態中,由於上述之距離Yk與間隔Yw之關係設定為Yk<(Yw/2),因此藉由成像光束EL2而生成於凹面鏡2040(瞳面pd)上之複數個繞射像Sf’,均形成於從窗部2042偏移之反射部上。如此,成像光束EL2幾乎不損失地在凹面鏡2040之反射部反射,而如先前之圖21所示,投射於沿外周面p2002保持之基板P上之投影區域PA。 In this embodiment, since the relationship between the distance Yk and the interval Yw is set to Yk <(Yw / 2), the plurality of diffraction images Sf ′ generated on the concave mirror 2040 (pupil plane pd) by the imaging beam EL2. , Are all formed on the reflecting portion offset from the window portion 2042. In this way, the imaging light beam EL2 is reflected by the reflection portion of the concave mirror 2040 with little loss, and is projected on the projection area PA on the substrate P held along the outer peripheral surface p2002 as shown in FIG. 21 previously.
如上所述,即使係使用桿透鏡2094之情形,仍能藉由使在桿透鏡2094之射入端面2094a上之照明光束EL0之收斂位置從中心軸AX2003位移,來將多數個點光源像Sf之各個設定為相對凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之中心點2044為彼此非點對稱之關係。 As described above, even in the case of using the rod lens 2094, it is possible to displace the convergence position of the illumination light beam EL0 on the incident end face 2094a of the rod lens 2094 from the central axis AX2003, so that many point light sources like Sf The center points 2044 of the reflective surfaces p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 are set to be non-point symmetrical with each other.
其次,參照圖34、圖35說明第17實施形態之處理裝置(曝光裝置)U3之構成。本實施形態之曝光裝置,係為了對應基板P上之圖案曝光區域之Y方向尺寸較先前圖21所示之投影光學系PL之照明區域IR或投影區域PA之Y方向尺寸大,而將複數個投影光學系於Y方向排列,以於Y方向擴展實效曝光可能範圍。 Next, the configuration of the processing device (exposure device) U3 of the seventeenth embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 34 and 35. The exposure device of this embodiment corresponds to the Y-direction size of the pattern exposure area on the substrate P which is larger than the Y-direction size of the illumination area IR or projection area PA of the projection optical system PL shown in FIG. The projection optics are arranged in the Y direction to expand the possible exposure range in the Y direction.
因此,必須將圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案作為正立像投影於基板P上。在先前圖21所示之投影光學系PL,投影於基板P上之光罩圖案像之X方向雖為正立,但在Y方向係反轉。因此,藉由將相同構成之投影光學系一前一後(串列)地設置,即可使Y方向反轉之投影像再度於Y方向反轉,其結 果在基板P上之投影區域PA內,在X方向與Z方向兩方使之為正立像。 Therefore, the pattern of the cylindrical mask M must be projected on the substrate P as an erect image. In the projection optical system PL shown in FIG. 21 previously, although the X direction of the mask pattern image projected on the substrate P is upright, it is reversed in the Y direction. Therefore, by arranging the projection optical systems of the same configuration one after the other (in series), the projected image inverting the Y direction can be inverted again in the Y direction, and the result is in the projection area PA on the substrate P. , Make it an erect image in both the X direction and the Z direction.
圖34係顯示本實施形態之曝光裝置整體之概略構成,圖35係顯示複數個投影光學系之各個形成之照明區域IR與投影區域PA之配置關係,各圖之正交座標系XYZ,與先前圖21之實施形態中所設定之座標系統一致。又,對與先前圖21、圖23所示之曝光裝置之構件或要件同等者賦予相同符號。 FIG. 34 shows the overall configuration of the exposure apparatus of this embodiment, and FIG. 35 shows the arrangement relationship between the illumination area IR and the projection area PA formed by each of a plurality of projection optical systems. The orthogonal coordinate system of each figure is XYZ. The coordinate system set in the embodiment of FIG. 21 is the same. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the components and requirements equivalent to those of the exposure apparatus shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 23.
從搬送路徑上游搬送來之基板p,透過未圖示之搬送滾筒或導引構件等捲繞於旋轉捲筒2030之外周面一部分後,透過未圖示之導引構件或搬送滾筒往下游搬送。第2驅動部2032,係將旋轉捲筒2030繞旋轉中心軸AX2002順時針旋轉驅動,基板P以一定之速度被移送。六個投影光學系PL2001~PL2006之各投影區域PA2001~PA2006位於旋轉捲筒2030之圓筒狀之外周面中捲繞有基板P之部分。與該六個投影區域PA2001~PA2006之各個對應,於圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面(圓筒狀之光罩圖案面)上設定六個照明區域IR 2001~PA2006。 The substrate p transferred from the upstream of the transfer path is wound around a part of the outer peripheral surface of the rotary reel 2030 through a transfer roller or a guide member (not shown), and is then transferred downstream through a guide member or a transfer roller (not shown). The second driving unit 2032 drives the rotation reel 2030 clockwise around the rotation center axis AX2002, and the substrate P is transferred at a constant speed. Each of the projection areas PA2001 to PA2006 of the six projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 is located at a portion where the substrate P is wound on the cylindrical outer peripheral surface of the rotary reel 2030. Corresponding to each of the six projection areas PA2001 to PA2006, six illumination areas IR 2001 to PA2006 are set on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M (the cylindrical mask pattern surface).
該六個投影光學系PL2001~PL2006均為相同之光學構成,分為相對包含圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001與旋轉捲筒2030之旋轉中心軸AX2002之中心面pc(與YZ面平行)設置於左側(-X方向)之投影光學系PL2001、PL2003、PL2005(亦總稱為奇數之投影光學系PLo),與設置於右側(+X方向)之投影光學系PL2002、PL2004、PL2006(亦總稱為偶數之投影光學系PLe)。 The six projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 are all of the same optical configuration, and are divided into a center plane pc (and a YZ plane) which includes a rotation center axis AX2001 including a cylindrical mask M and a rotation center axis AX2002 of a rotating reel 2030. Parallel) The projection optical systems PL2001, PL2003, and PL2005 (also collectively referred to as odd-numbered projection optical systems PLo) set on the left (-X direction), and the projection optical systems PL2002, PL2004, and PL2006 (set on the right (+ X direction)) Also known as even-numbered projection optics PLe).
本實施形態之投影光學系PL2001~PL2006,具備圖21所示之投影光學系PL與落斜照明用之照明光學系IL2001~IL2006。由於其構成與圖21相同,因此代表性地簡單說明投影光學系PL2001與照明光學系IL2001。照明光學系IL2001,係射入來自光源裝置2055之照明光束EL0,從投影光學系PL2001上段之單元(與圖21相同之投影光學系PL)之瞳面所配置之凹面鏡2040背側於反射面p2004生成多數個點光源像Sf。以該點光源像Sf為源頭 之照明光束EL1,在稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a被反射,照射圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面上之照明區域IR2001。 The projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 of this embodiment include the projection optical system PL shown in FIG. 21 and the illumination optical systems IL2001 to IL2006 for oblique illumination. Since the configuration is the same as that of FIG. 21, the projection optical system PL2001 and the illumination optical system IL2001 will be representatively and briefly described. Illumination optics IL2001 is the illumination beam EL0 from the light source device 2055. The concave mirror 2040 disposed on the pupil of the upper unit of the projection optics PL2001 (the same as the projection optics PL of FIG. 21) is arranged on the back side of the reflective surface p2004 Generate multiple point light sources like Sf. The illumination light beam EL1 using this point light source image Sf as a source is reflected on a reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041, and illuminates the illumination region IR2001 on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M.
從照明區域IR2001內之光罩圖案反射之成像光束EL2,在反射平面2041a被反射後,在凹面鏡2040反射,在稜鏡反射鏡2041下側之反射面(2041b)反射,於面p2007(中間像面p2007)形成光罩圖案之空間像(中間像)。 The imaging beam EL2 reflected from the mask pattern in the illumination area IR2001 is reflected on the reflection plane 2041a, and then reflected on the concave mirror 2040, and reflected on the reflection surface (2041b) below the chirped mirror 2041, and is reflected on the surface p2007 (intermediate image) Face p2007) forms a spatial image (intermediate image) of the mask pattern.
投影光學系PL2001後段之投影單元亦係具備稜鏡反射鏡、複數片透鏡元件、配置於瞳面之凹面鏡2078等之半視野之等倍反折射投影系,在中間像面p2007形成中間像之成像光束EL2在凹面鏡2078反射後,在稜鏡反射鏡(2076)下側之反射平面2076b反射,到達基板P上之投影區域PA2001,於投影區域PA2001內生成光罩圖案之正立正像。此外,投影光學系PL2001後段(中間像面至投影區域)之投影單元,由於只要使形成於中間像面p2007之中間像再度成像於基板P上之投影區域PA2001即可,因此於凹面鏡2078之反射面未設有形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之窗部2042。 The projection unit of the projection optics PL2001 is also a half-field equal-refraction projection system equipped with a chirping mirror, a plurality of lens elements, and a concave mirror 2078 arranged on the pupil surface, forming an intermediate image on the intermediate image plane p2007. After the light beam EL2 is reflected by the concave mirror 2078, it is reflected by the reflection plane 2076b on the lower side of the chirped mirror (2076), reaches the projection area PA2001 on the substrate P, and generates an orthographic image of the mask pattern in the projection area PA2001. In addition, the projection unit of the projection optical system PL2001 (the intermediate image plane to the projection area) needs to re-image the intermediate image formed on the intermediate image plane p2007 on the projection region PA2001 on the substrate P, so it reflects on the concave mirror 2078. The surface is not provided with a window portion 2042 formed on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040.
如以上構成之投影光學系PL2001(其他之投影光學系PL2002~PL2006亦相同),由於係所謂多透鏡方式之一個投影系,因此有時會有如圖21之投影光學系PL般無法將通過照明區域IR內之中心點之主光線與通過投影區域PA2001內之中心點之主光線配置於中心面pc內之情形。 The projection optical system PL2001 constructed as above (the same applies to other projection optical systems PL2002 to PL2006), because it is a projection system of the so-called multi-lens method, there may be cases where the projection optical system PL cannot pass through the illumination area like the projection optical system PL of FIG. 21 The case where the main ray of the central point in the IR and the main ray passing through the central point in the projection area PA2001 are arranged in the central plane pc.
因此,如圖34所示,投影光學系PL2001(PL2003,PL2005亦相同)上側之投影單元之稜鏡反射鏡2041之反射平面2041a之角度θ 2001(參照圖21)設定為45°以外之值,以使通過照明區域IR2001內之中心點之主光線之延長線D2001往圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001。同樣地,投影光學系PL2001下側之投影單元之稜鏡反射鏡2076之反射平面2076b之角度設定為相對XY面為45°以外之值,以使通過投影區域PA2001內之中心點之主光線之延長線D2001往圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2002。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34, the angle θ 2001 (see FIG. 21) of the reflection plane 2041a of the chirped mirror 2041 of the projection unit on the projection optical system PL2001 (also the same for PL2003 and PL2005) is set to a value other than 45 °. The extension line D2001 of the main ray passing through the center point in the illumination area IR2001 is directed to the rotation center axis AX2001 of the cylindrical mask M. Similarly, the angle of the reflection plane 2076b of the 稜鏡 mirror 2076 of the projection unit on the lower side of the projection optical system PL2001 is set to a value other than 45 ° with respect to the XY plane, so that the principal rays passing through the center point in the projection area PA2001 The extension line D2001 is directed to the rotation center axis AX2002 of the cylindrical mask M.
相對中心面pc而與投影光學系PL2001對稱配置之投影光學系 PL2002(PL2004,PL2006亦相同)亦同樣地,上側之投影單元之稜鏡反射鏡2041之反射平面2041a之角度θ 2001設定為45°以外之值,以使通過照明區域IR2002內之中心點之主光線之延長線D2002往圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001,在後段之投影單元之稜鏡反射鏡2076之反射平面2076b之角度設定為相對XY面為45°以外之值,以使通過投影區域PA2002內之中心點之主光線之延長線D2002往圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2002。 The projection optical system PL2002 (also the same for PL2004 and PL2006) symmetrically disposed with respect to the center plane pc and the projection optical system PL2001 is the same. The angle θ 2001 of the reflection plane 2041a of the chirped mirror 2041 of the upper projection unit is set to 45 °. Other values so that the extension line D2002 of the main ray passing through the center point in the illumination area IR2002 to the rotation center axis AX2001 of the cylindrical mask M, and the reflection plane 2076b of the 稜鏡 mirror 2076 of the projection unit in the rear stage The angle is set to a value other than 45 ° with respect to the XY plane, so that the extension line D2002 of the main ray passing through the center point in the projection area PA2002 goes to the rotation center axis AX2002 of the cylindrical mask M.
如以上所述,主光線之延長線D2001、D2002相對中心面pc對稱地傾斜之奇數之投影光學系PLo與偶數之投影光學系PLe,在XZ面內觀看時雖係相對中心面pc對稱配置,但在XY面觀看時則為於Y方向偏移配置。具體而言,各投影光學系PL2001~PL2006被設置成,形成於圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案面上之照明區域IR2001~IR2006與形成於基板P上之投影區域PA2001~PA2006成為圖35之配置關係。 As mentioned above, the odd-numbered projection optical system PLo and even-numbered projection optical system PLe that the extension lines D2001 and D2002 of the main ray are symmetrically inclined with respect to the center plane pc are symmetrically arranged with respect to the center plane pc when viewed in the XZ plane. However, when viewed on the XY plane, it is arranged offset from the Y direction. Specifically, each of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 is provided such that the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 formed on the pattern surface of the cylindrical mask M and the projection areas PA2001 to PA2006 formed on the substrate P become as shown in FIG. 35. Configuration relationship.
圖35,係在XY面內觀看照明區域IR2001~IR2006與投影區域PA2001~PA2006之配置之圖,左側之圖係從形成中間像之中間像面p2007側觀看圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR2001~IR2006者,右側之圖係從中間像面p2007側觀看支承於旋轉捲筒2030之基板P上之投影區域PA2001~PA2006者。又,圖35中之符號Xs,係顯示圓筒狀之光罩M(旋轉捲筒2020)與旋轉捲筒2030之移動方向(旋轉方向)。 Fig. 35 is a view of the arrangement of the illumination area IR2001 ~ IR2006 and the projection area PA2001 ~ PA2006 in the XY plane. The picture on the left is the illumination on the cylindrical mask M viewed from the side of the middle image plane p2007 where the middle image is formed. For the areas IR2001 ~ IR2006, the picture on the right is viewed from the middle image plane p2007 side when the projection areas PA2001 ~ PA2006 supported on the substrate P of the rotating reel 2030 are viewed. The symbol Xs in FIG. 35 indicates the movement direction (rotation direction) of the cylindrical mask M (rotating reel 2020) and the rotating reel 2030.
圖35中,各照明區域IR2001~IR2006係具有與中心面pc(與Y軸平行)之上底邊與下底邊之細長梯形狀。此事意指圖34所示之照明光學系IL2001~IL2006之個具備如先前圖26所示之照明視野光闌2064。此外,圖34之各投影光學系PL2001~PL2006由於係於中間像面p2007形成中間像,因此當於該處配置具有梯形開口之視野光闌時,亦可將各照明區域IR2001~IR2006之形狀構成為單純之長方形狀(包含梯形開口之大小)。 In FIG. 35, each of the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 has an elongated ladder shape with an upper bottom edge and a lower bottom edge parallel to the center plane pc (parallel to the Y axis). This means that each of the illumination optical systems IL2001 to IL2006 shown in FIG. 34 is provided with the illumination field diaphragm 2064 shown in FIG. 26 previously. In addition, each of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 in FIG. 34 forms an intermediate image on the intermediate image plane p2007. Therefore, when a field diaphragm having a trapezoidal opening is arranged there, the shape of each of the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 can be configured. It is simple rectangular shape (including the size of trapezoidal opening).
在圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面上,藉由奇數之投影光學系Plo形成之照 明區域IR2001、IR2003、IR2005各自之中心點位於與中心面pc平行之面Lo(垂直於XY面)上,藉由偶數之投影光學系PLe形成之照明區域IR2002、IR2004、IR2006各自之中心點位於與中心面pc平行之面Le(垂直於XY面)上。 On the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M, the center points of the illumination areas IR2001, IR2003, and IR2005 formed by the odd-numbered projection optical system Plo are located on the surface Lo (vertical to the XY plane) parallel to the center plane pc. The center points of the illumination regions IR2002, IR2004, and IR2006 formed by the even-numbered projection optical system PLe are located on a plane Le (vertical to the XY plane) parallel to the central plane pc.
若使各照明區域IR2001~IR2006為梯形,使其下底邊之Y方向尺寸為A2002a,使其上底邊之Y方向尺寸為A2002b,則奇數之照明區域IR2001、IR2003、IR2005各自之中心點於Y方向以間隔(A2002a+A2002b)配置,偶數之照明區域IR2002、IR2004、IR2006各自之中心點亦於Y方向以間隔(A2002a+A2002b)配置。不過,相對於奇數之照明區域IR2001、IR2003、IR2005,偶數之照明區域IR2002、IR2004、IR2006於Y方向相對偏移尺寸(A2002a+A2002b)/2。此外,面Lo與面Le自中心面pc起之X方向距離設定為彼此相等。 If the lighting areas IR2001 to IR2006 are trapezoidal, the Y-direction dimension of the lower bottom edge is A2002a, and the Y-direction dimension of the upper bottom edge is A2002b, then the center points of the odd-numbered illumination areas IR2001, IR2003, and IR2005 are at The Y direction is arranged at intervals (A2002a + A2002b), and the center points of the even-numbered illumination areas IR2002, IR2004, and IR2006 are also arranged at intervals (A2002a + A2002b) in the Y direction. However, relative to the odd-numbered illuminated areas IR2001, IR2003, and IR2005, the even-numbered illuminated areas IR2002, IR2004, and IR2006 are relatively offset in the Y direction by (A2002a + A2002b) / 2. In addition, the X-direction distances of the faces Lo and Le from the center plane pc are set to be equal to each other.
本實施形態中,照明區域IR2001~IR2006之各個構成為沿圓筒狀之光罩M外周面之周方向(Xs方向)觀看時相鄰於Y方向之照明區域之端部彼此(梯形之斜邊部)互相重疊(overlap)。藉此,即使係圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案區域A2003之Y方向尺寸較大時,亦能確保涵蓋其之有效曝光區域。此外,圖案區域A2003雖被框狀之圖案非形成區域A2004包圍,但圖案非形成區域A2004係以對照明光具有極低之反射率(或高光吸收率)之材質構成。 In this embodiment, each of the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 is configured such that the ends of the illumination area adjacent to the Y direction when viewed along the circumferential direction (Xs direction) of the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M (hedges of trapezoidal shape)部) overlap each other. Thereby, even when the Y-direction size of the pattern area A2003 of the cylindrical mask M is large, the effective exposure area thereof can be ensured. In addition, although the pattern region A2003 is surrounded by a frame-shaped pattern non-formation region A2004, the pattern non-formation region A2004 is made of a material having extremely low reflectance (or high light absorption) to the illumination light.
另一方面,如圖35右側所示,基板P上之投影區域PA2001~PA2006,當於各照明光學系IL2001~IL2006中設有如圖26之照明視野光闌2064時,會成為反映形成於圓筒狀光罩M外周面上之照明區域IR2001~IR2006之配置與形狀者(相似之關係)。因此,奇數之投影區域PA2001、PA2003、PA2005各中心點位於面Lo上,偶數之投影區域PA2002、PA2004、PA2006各中心點位於面Le上。 On the other hand, as shown on the right side of FIG. 35, when the projection areas PA2001 to PA2006 on the substrate P are provided in each of the illumination optical systems IL2001 to IL2006 as shown in FIG. 26, the illumination field diaphragm 2064 is reflected in the cylinder. The arrangement and shape of the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 on the outer peripheral surface of the photomask M (similar relationship). Therefore, the center points of the odd-numbered projection areas PA2001, PA2003, and PA2005 are located on the surface Lo, and the center points of the even-numbered projection areas PA2002, PA2004, and PA2006 are located on the surface Le.
此外,在圖35右側之圖中,基板P雖沿旋轉捲筒2030之外周面於周方 向(Xs方向)以一定速度移送,但該圖中之斜線所示區域A2007,係藉由六個投影區域PA2001~PA2006相對於目標曝光量(劑量)以100%被曝光之部分。 In addition, in the figure on the right side of FIG. 35, although the substrate P is moved at a constant speed in the circumferential direction (Xs direction) along the outer peripheral surface of the rotating reel 2030, the area A2007 shown by the oblique line in the figure is obtained through six projections. The area PA2001 ~ PA2006 is exposed to 100% of the target exposure amount (dose).
又,藉由例如對應於照明區域IR2001之投影區域PA2001曝光之區域A2005中在+Y方向之端部(三角形部分)被曝光之部分區域A2005a,係未達目標曝光量。然而,在基板P被移送於Xs方向(周方向),藉由對應於照明區域IR2002之投影區域PA2002對區域A006曝光時,係加算不足之曝光量,其結果部分區域A2005a亦相對於目標曝光量(劑量)以100%被曝光。 In addition, for example, the partial area A2005a exposed at the end (triangular portion) in the + Y direction of the area A2005 exposed by the projection area PA2001 corresponding to the illumination area IR2001 does not reach the target exposure amount. However, when the substrate P is moved in the Xs direction (peripheral direction), and the area A006 is exposed by the projection area PA2002 corresponding to the illumination area IR2002, the underexposure is added. As a result, the partial area A2005a is also relative to the target exposure amount. (Dose) was exposed at 100%.
以此方式,形成於圓筒狀之光罩M外周面之圖案區域A2003整體之投影像,係每於圓筒狀之光罩M一旋轉即反覆以等倍轉印於基板P上之長邊方向。 In this way, the entire projected image of the pattern area A2003 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M is transferred to the long side of the substrate P at equal times every time the cylindrical mask M rotates. direction.
此外,雖將從圓筒狀之光罩M上之各照明區域IR2001~IR2006射向投影光學系PL2001~PL2006之各成像光束EL2之主光線中通過各照明區域IR2001~IR2006內之中心點之主光線之延長線D2001,D2002設為與圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001交叉,但不一定有其必要,只要通過各照明區域IR2001~IR2006內之任一點之主光線與旋轉中心軸AX2001交叉即可。同樣地,從各投影光學系PL2001~PL2006射向基板P上之之各投影區域PA2001~PA2006之成像光束EL2亦同樣地,只要使其主光線中任一主光線一致於與旋轉捲筒2030之旋轉中心軸AX2002交叉之延長線D2001,D2002即可。 In addition, although the main rays of light from the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 on the cylindrical mask M to the imaging beams EL2 of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 pass through the center points of the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 The extension lines D2001 and D2002 of the light are set to intersect with the rotation center axis AX2001 of the cylindrical mask M, but it is not necessarily necessary, as long as the main rays and the rotation center axis pass through any point in each of the lighting areas IR2001 ~ IR2006 AX2001 can be crossed. Similarly, the imaging light beams EL2 from the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 to the projection areas PA2001 to PA2006 on the substrate P are the same, as long as any of the principal rays is consistent with that of the rotating reel 2030. Rotate the extension lines D2001, D2002 of the central axis AX2002.
其次,使用圖36說明圖34所示之投影光學系PL2001~PL2006與照明光學系IL2001~IL2006之具體構成。圖36,雖代表性地顯示投影光學系PL2001及照明光學系IL2001之詳細構成,但其他之投影光學系PL2002~PL2006及照明光學系IL2002~IL2006之構成亦相同。 Next, specific configurations of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 and the illumination optical systems IL2001 to IL2006 shown in FIG. 34 will be described using FIG. 36. Although FIG. 36 typically shows detailed structures of the projection optical system PL2001 and the illumination optical system IL2001, the structures of the other projection optical systems PL2002 to PL2006 and the illumination optical systems IL2002 to IL2006 are the same.
如圖36所示,來自包含導光構件2060與透鏡系2061之光源裝置2055(參照圖24)之照明光束EL0,射入照明光學系IL2001之複眼透鏡2062(參照圖 25、圖28~30)。以生成於複眼透鏡2062射出側之面Ep之多數個點光源像為源頭之照明光束,藉由聚光透鏡2065而在與配置照明視野光闌2064之光罩共軛之面2014b成為均一之照度分布。通過照明視野光闌2064之開口部之照明光束,透射透鏡系2066、投影光學系PL2001上側(第1段)之第2光學系2015之凹面鏡2040之母材(石英等)、形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004之窗部(2042)、第2光學系2015,進而在稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a被反射往沿延長線ID2001之方向,到達圓筒狀之光罩M上之照明區域IR。 As shown in FIG. 36, the illumination light beam EL0 from the light source device 2055 (see FIG. 24) including the light guide member 2060 and the lens system 2061 is incident on the fly-eye lens 2062 of the illumination optical system IL2001 (see FIGS. 25 and 28 to 30). . A plurality of point light source images generated on the surface Ep of the fly-eye lens 2062 as the source of the illumination beam are uniformly illuminated on the surface 2014b conjugated to the mask provided with the illumination field diaphragm 2064 by the condenser lens 2065. distributed. The illumination beam passing through the opening of the illumination field diaphragm 2064, the base material (quartz, etc.) of the concave lens 2040 of the second optical system 2015 of the transmission lens system 2066, the projection optical system PL2001 (first stage), and the concave lens 2040 The window portion (2042) of the reflecting surface p2004, the second optical system 2015, and the reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirping mirror 2041 are reflected in the direction along the extension line ID2001 and reach the illumination area on the cylindrical mask M IR.
與先前之圖23之構成同樣地,由於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004配置於投影光學系PL2001之成像光束中之瞳面pd,其反射面p2004配置成與複眼透鏡2062射出側之面Ep實質上共軛,因此將生成於複眼透鏡2062射出側之面Ep之多數個點光源像中繼者,生成於形成在反射面p2004之窗部2042內。 As in the previous configuration of FIG. 23, since the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 is disposed on the pupil surface pd in the imaging beam of the projection optical system PL2001, its reflective surface p2004 is disposed substantially in common with the surface Ep on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062. The yoke thus generates a plurality of point light source image relays generated on the surface Ep on the exit side of the fly-eye lens 2062 in the window portion 2042 formed on the reflection surface p2004.
又,圖36之具體構成中,於稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a與圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案面p2001之間,沿傾斜之延長線D2001設有聚焦修正光學構件2080與像移光學構件2081。聚焦修正光學構件2080,例如係將兩片楔形之稜鏡逆向(圖36中於X方向為逆向)疊合成整體為透明之平行平板。藉由使此一對稜鏡滑動,即能改變作為平行平板之厚度,以成像光束之實效光路長,並微調形成於中間像面p2007及投影區域PA2001之圖案像之聚焦狀態。 In the specific configuration of FIG. 36, a focusing correction optical member 2080 and an image are provided along the inclined extension line D2001 between the reflection plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirped mirror 2041 and the pattern surface p2001 of the cylindrical mask M.移 optic member 2081. The focus-correcting optical member 2080 is, for example, a pair of wedge-shaped ridges (reverse direction in the X direction in FIG. 36) laminated into a transparent parallel plate as a whole. By sliding the pair of cymbals, the thickness of the parallel flat plate can be changed, the effective optical path length of the imaging beam can be changed, and the focus state of the pattern image formed on the middle image plane p2007 and the projection area PA2001 can be fine-tuned.
像移修正光學構件2081係以能在圖36中之XZ面內傾斜之透明平行平板玻璃與能傾斜於與其正交之方向之透明平行平板玻璃構成。藉由調整該兩片平行平板玻璃之各傾斜量,而能使形成於中間像面p2007及投影區域PA2001之圖案像微幅位移於X方向或Y方向。 The image shift correction optical member 2081 is composed of a transparent parallel plate glass that can be tilted in the XZ plane in FIG. 36 and a transparent parallel plate glass that can be tilted in a direction orthogonal thereto. By adjusting the inclination amounts of the two parallel flat glass plates, the pattern image formed on the intermediate image plane p2007 and the projection area PA2001 can be slightly shifted in the X direction or the Y direction.
接著,出現於照明區域IR2001內之光罩圖案之像,透過聚焦修正光學 構件2080、像移修正光學構件2081、稜鏡反射鏡2041之反射平面2041a、投影光學系PL2001上側(第一段)之第2光學系2015、稜鏡反射鏡2041之反射平面2041b,成像於中間像面p2007,於此中間像面p2007能配置使投影區域PA201形狀成為如圖35所示之梯形之視野光闌2075。此情形下,設於照明光學系IL2001之照明視野光闌2064之開口部亦可係包含視野光闌2075之梯形開口部之矩形(長方形)。 Next, the image of the mask pattern appearing in the illumination area IR2001 passes through the focus correction optical member 2080, the image shift correction optical member 2081, the reflection plane 2041a of the chirped mirror 2041, and the upper side (first stage) of the projection optics PL2001. The second optical system 2015 and the reflection plane 2041b of the chirped mirror 2041 are imaged on the intermediate image plane p2007, where the intermediate image plane p2007 can be arranged so that the shape of the projection area PA201 becomes a trapezoidal field diaphragm 2075 as shown in FIG. 35. In this case, the opening portion of the illumination field diaphragm 2064 provided in the illumination optical system IL2001 may be a rectangle (rectangle) including a trapezoidal opening portion of the field diaphragm 2075.
在視野光闌2075之開口部成為中間像之成像光束,透過構成投影光學系PL2001之下側(第二段)稜鏡反射鏡2076之反射平面2076a、第2光學系2077、稜鏡反射鏡2076之反射平面2076b,投影於捲繞於旋轉捲筒2030之外周面p2002之基板P上之投影區域PA2001。第2光學系2077所含之凹面鏡2078之反射面配置於瞳面pd,稜鏡反射鏡2076下側之反射平面2076b,相對XY面之角度設定為45°未滿,以使成像光束之主光線沿相對中心面pc傾斜之延長線D2001行進。 The imaging beam that becomes an intermediate image at the opening of the field diaphragm 2075 passes through the reflection plane 2076a, the second optical system 2077, and the chirped mirror 2076 that constitute the lower side (second stage) of the projection optical system PL2001. The reflection plane 2076b is projected on a projection area PA2001 on the substrate P wound around the outer peripheral surface p2002 of the rotating reel 2030. The reflecting surface of the concave mirror 2078 included in the second optical system 2077 is arranged on the pupil plane pd, and the reflecting plane 2076b on the lower side of the chirping mirror 2076 is set to an angle of 45 ° or less with respect to the XY plane, so that the main ray of the imaging beam Travel along an extension line D2001 inclined to the center plane pc.
接著,圖36之具體構成中,於稜鏡反射鏡2076下側之反射平面2076b與捲繞於旋轉捲筒2030之基板P上之投影區域PA2001之間設有倍率修正光學構件2083,其將凹透鏡、凸透鏡、凹透鏡之三片以既定間隔同軸配置,前後凹透鏡為固定,使其間之凸透鏡移動於光軸(主光線)方向。藉此,形成於投影區域PA2001之圖案像,可一邊維持遠心之成像狀態、一邊等方地擴大或縮小微小量。 Next, in the specific configuration of FIG. 36, a magnification correcting optical member 2083 is provided between the reflection plane 2076b below the chirping mirror 2076 and the projection area PA2001 wound on the substrate P of the rotary reel 2030, which is a concave lens The three lenses, the convex lens, and the concave lens are coaxially arranged at a predetermined interval, and the front and rear concave lenses are fixed, so that the convex lens therebetween moves in the direction of the optical axis (principal light). Thereby, the pattern image formed in the projection area PA2001 can be enlarged or reduced by a small amount while maintaining a telecentric imaging state.
此外,圖36中雖未顯示,但亦設有能使稜鏡反射鏡2041或稜鏡反射鏡2076之任一方微幅旋轉於繞與Z軸平行之軸旋轉之旋轉修正機構。此旋轉修正機構,例如係使圖35所示之複數個投影區域PA2001~PA2006(及被投影之光罩圖案像)之各個在XY面內微幅旋轉。 In addition, although not shown in FIG. 36, a rotation correction mechanism capable of rotating either one of the holmium mirror 2041 or the holmium mirror 2076 slightly around an axis parallel to the Z axis is also provided. This rotation correction mechanism rotates each of the plurality of projection areas PA2001 to PA2006 (and the projected mask pattern image) shown in FIG. 35 slightly within the XY plane, for example.
以上,在第17實施形態中,如圖34、圖36所示,六組之投影光學系PL2001~PL2006之各個,能以具有與圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001 交叉之主光線之照明光,對圓筒狀之光罩M外周面(圖案面)上之各照明區域IR2001~IR2006進行落斜照明。 As described above, in the seventeenth embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 34 and 36, each of the six sets of projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 can have a main ray that intersects with the central axis of rotation AX2001 of the cylindrical mask M The illumination light illuminates each of the illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 on the outer peripheral surface (pattern surface) of the cylindrical mask M.
進而,成像光束被偏向成,從各照明區域IR2001~IR2006往圓筒狀之光罩M之圖案面p2001之法線方向行進之主光線從法線方向亦射入沿著外周面p2002之基板P上之投影區域PA2001~PA2006。因此,能減少投影像之散焦,抑制曝光不良等處理不良產生,其結果可抑制不良元件產生。 Further, the imaging beam is deflected such that the main light rays traveling from the respective illumination areas IR2001 to IR2006 toward the normal direction of the pattern surface p2001 of the cylindrical mask M are also incident from the normal direction to the substrate P along the outer peripheral surface p2002. The projection area above is PA2001 ~ PA2006. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the defocus of the projected image, suppress the occurrence of processing defects such as poor exposure, and as a result, the occurrence of defective elements can be suppressed.
又,投影光學系PL2001~PL2006之各個,由於係在圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面至稜鏡反射鏡2041(反射平面2041a)之間構成為成像光束之主光線相對中心面pc傾斜,因此於各投影光學系PL2001~PL2006之空間上之配置,彼此干涉(衝撞)之條件係被緩和。 In addition, each of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006 is formed between the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M and the chirped mirror 2041 (reflection plane 2041a) so that the main ray of the imaging beam is inclined with respect to the center plane pc. Therefore, the conditions for the spatial arrangement of each of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006, and the conditions of interference (collision) with each other, are alleviated.
此外,稜鏡反射鏡2041下側之反射平面2076b與稜鏡反射鏡2076上側之反射平面2076a相對XY面以45°之角度設定成通過投影光學系PL2001~PL2006之各個之中間像面p2007之成像光束之主光線與中心面pc平行。 In addition, the reflection plane 2076b on the lower side of the chirping mirror 2041 and the reflection plane 2076a on the upper side of the chirping mirror 2076 are set at an angle of 45 ° with respect to the XY plane to image through each of the intermediate image planes p2007 of the projection optical systems PL2001 to PL2006. The main ray of the light beam is parallel to the central plane pc.
在圖34~36所示之具備多透鏡方式之投影光學系之曝光裝置中,雖係將圓筒面狀之光罩圖案之像投影曝光至被支承為圓筒面狀之基板P之表面,但光罩M或基板P亦可作成將任一方平面支承,或亦可將兩方平面支承之構成。例如,可係基板P如圖34所示捲繞於旋轉捲筒2030而支承成圓筒面狀,光罩M如習知般形成於平行之平面玻璃(石英)而直線移動於X方向之掃描曝光方式,或相反地,光罩M可支承於如圖34之旋轉捲筒2020,基板P可以平坦之平面載台或空氣墊式之保持具支承而直線移送於X方向之掃描曝光方式,可為上述兩方式之任一者。 In the exposure apparatus provided with the projection optical system of the multi-lens method shown in Figs. 34 to 36, although the image of the mask pattern in a cylindrical shape is projected and exposed on the surface of the substrate P supported in a cylindrical shape, However, the photomask M or the substrate P may be configured to support either one of the planes, or may support both planes. For example, as shown in FIG. 34, the substrate P can be wound around a rotating reel 2030 to be supported in a cylindrical shape, and the mask M can be formed by scanning in a parallel plane glass (quartz) and moving linearly in the X direction. Exposure method, or conversely, the photomask M may be supported by the rotating reel 2020 as shown in FIG. 34, and the substrate P may be supported by a flat surface stage or an air cushion-type holder and linearly moved in the X direction. Either way.
又,雖不論光罩M或基板P之支承形態為圓筒面狀或平面狀,均能適用先前各實施形態之投影光學系與照明光學系,但只要於被支承為與XY面平行之平面狀之側,將稜鏡反射鏡2041上側之反射平面2041a或稜鏡反射 鏡2076下側之反射平面2076b之相對XY面之傾斜角度設為45°即可。換言之,只要配合通過光罩M上之照明區域IR(物體面)中心之法線或通過基板P上之投影區域PA(像面)中心之法線,將投影光學系之物體面側之主光線或像面側之主光線在XZ面內傾斜即可。 Moreover, the projection optical system and the illumination optical system of the previous embodiments can be applied regardless of whether the supporting form of the mask M or the substrate P is a cylindrical surface or a planar shape, but as long as it is supported on a plane parallel to the XY plane The angle of inclination of the reflecting plane 2041a on the upper side of the chirping mirror 2041 or the reflecting plane 2076b on the lower side of the chirping mirror 2076 can be set to 45 °. In other words, as long as the normal line passing through the center of the illumination area IR (object surface) on the reticle M or the center of the projection area PA (image surface) on the substrate P is matched, the principal ray on the object surface side of the optical system will be projected Or the main ray on the image plane side can be tilted in the XZ plane.
圖37係顯示第18實施態樣之投影光學系PL(在多透鏡方式之情形為PL2001)構成之圖。本實施形態之投影光學系PL(PL2001),係使來自圓筒狀光罩M外周面之照明區域IR(IR2001)內之光罩圖案之成像光束EL2(將主光線設為EL6)在平面反射鏡2100之反射面2100a反射,透過具有於瞳面配置反射面p2004之凹面鏡2040之第2光學系2015(半視野類型之反折射成像系),在平面反射鏡2101之反射面2101a使之反射,於中間像面Im形成出現於照明區域IR(IR2001)內之光罩圖案之等倍中間像。 FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system PL (PL2001 in the case of a multi-lens method) of the eighteenth embodiment. The projection optical system PL (PL2001) of this embodiment reflects the imaging light beam EL2 (the main light is EL6) from the mask pattern in the illumination region IR (IR2001) on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M on a plane. The reflecting surface 2100a of the mirror 2100 reflects through the second optical system 2015 (half-field type of refracting imaging system) having a concave mirror 2040 having a reflecting surface p2004 disposed on the pupil surface, and reflects it on the reflecting surface 2101a of the flat mirror 2101. On the intermediate image plane Im, an equal multiple intermediate image of the mask pattern appearing in the illumination area IR (IR2001) is formed.
進而,形成於中間像面Im之中間像,藉由具有例如兩倍以上之倍率之放大成像系2102(具有與Z軸平行之光軸2102a)投影於沿與XY面平行之外周面p2002被支承之基板P上之投影區域PA(PA2001)。基板P,透過流體軸承層被支承於具有表面為平坦之流體軸承用之墊之平面保持具HH上。本實施形態亦同樣地,於構成投影光學系PL(PL2001)之凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004,形成有使藉由來自背後之照明光學系IL(IL2001)之照明光而生成之多數個點光源像Sf透射之窗部2042。 Further, the intermediate image formed on the intermediate image plane Im is supported by a magnified imaging system 2102 (having an optical axis 2102a parallel to the Z axis) projected on a peripheral surface p2002 parallel to the XY plane by a magnification of, for example, two times or more. Projection area PA (PA2001) on the substrate P. The substrate P is supported on a plane holder HH having a pad for a fluid bearing having a flat surface through the fluid bearing layer. In this embodiment, similarly, a plurality of point light source images are generated on the reflecting surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 constituting the projection optical system PL (PL2001) by the illumination light from the illumination optical system IL (IL2001) at the back. Sf transmitted window portion 2042.
使如圖37之放大投影光學系多透鏡化,在曝光Y方向尺寸大之光罩圖案時,係將包含照明光學系IL(IL2001)與平面反射鏡2100、2101之投影光學系PL(PL1)之組於如先前之圖34、圖35所示,在XZ面內配置成相對中心面pc成對稱,於Y方向分離配置成在投影區域PA(PA2001)之Y方向端部(三角形部分)投影像一部分重疊。 The magnifying projection optical system as shown in FIG. 37 is multi-lensed. When exposing a mask pattern having a large size in the Y direction, the projection optical system PL (PL1) including the illumination optical system IL (IL2001) and the flat mirrors 2100 and 2101 is exposed. The groups are arranged in the XZ plane so as to be symmetrical with respect to the center plane pc as shown in the previous Figs. 34 and 35, and are separated and arranged in the Y direction to project on the Y-direction end (triangular part) of the projection area PA (PA2001). Like parts overlap.
本實施形態中,當中心面pc為包含圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸 AX2001且與XY面(外周面p2002)垂直之面時,奇數之投影光學系PL2001,PL2003...之照明區域IR2001,IR2003...之各中心點(例如主光線EL6通過之點),由於光罩側之主光線EL6相對中心面pc傾斜,因此從圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面與中心面pc之交線起在周長分離距離DMx。因此,偶數之投影光學系PL2002,PL2004...之照明區域IR2002,IR2004...之各中心點亦從圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面與中心面pc之交線起在周長分離距離DMx。因此,奇數之照明區域IR2001...與偶數之照明區域IR2002...係於圓筒狀之光罩M上之周長方向分離距離(2DMx)。 In this embodiment, when the central plane pc is a plane including the rotation central axis AX2001 of the cylindrical mask M and perpendicular to the XY plane (outer peripheral surface p2002), the projection optical system PL2001, PL2003, etc. with an odd number The central points of the areas IR2001, IR2003 ... (for example, the point where the main ray EL6 passes), because the main ray EL6 on the photomask side is inclined with respect to the central plane pc, so from the outer peripheral surface and the central plane of the cylindrical photomask M The intersection of pc starts at the perimeter separation distance DMx. Therefore, the center points of the illumination areas IR2002, IR2004 ... of even-numbered projection optical systems PL2002, PL2004 ... are also separated on the perimeter from the intersection of the outer surface of the cylindrical mask M and the center plane pc. Distance DMx. Therefore, the odd-numbered illumination regions IR2001 ... and the even-numbered illumination regions IR2002 ... are separated from each other in the circumferential direction on the cylindrical mask M (2DMx).
另一方面,由於奇數之投影光學系PL2001,PL2003...之投影區域PA2001,PA2003...之各中心點(例如主光線EL6通過之點)在基板P上從中心面pc往X方向分離距離DFx,因此奇數之投影區域PA2001...與偶數之投影區域PA2002...,在基板P上於X方向分離距離(2DFx)。因此,在將形成於圓筒狀之光罩M上之各照明區域IR2001,IR2002...各自之光罩圖案一致地形成於周方向時,若將投影光學系PL2001,PL2002...之放大倍率設為Mp,則需設定為滿足MP‧(2DMx)=2DFx之關係。若因機構上之問題而無法以上述條件構成時,則只要將形成於圓筒狀之光罩M上之奇數之照明區域IR2001,IR2003...用之光罩圖案與偶數之照明區域IR2002,IR2004...用之光罩圖案於周方向相對錯開形成即可。 On the other hand, the center points of the projection areas PA2001, PA2003 ... of the odd-numbered projection optical systems PL2001, PL2003 ... (for example, the point where the main ray EL6 passes) are separated from the center plane pc in the X direction on the substrate P The distance DFx, therefore, the projection area PA2001 of the odd number and the projection area PA2002 of the even number are separated by a distance (2DFx) in the X direction on the substrate P. Therefore, when the respective illumination areas IR2001, IR2002 ... formed on the cylindrical mask M are uniformly formed in the circumferential direction, if the projection optical systems PL2001, PL2002 ... are enlarged, If the magnification is set to Mp, it needs to be set to satisfy the relationship of MP‧ (2DMx) = 2DFx. If it is impossible to construct the above conditions due to structural problems, as long as the odd-numbered illumination areas IR2001, IR2003 ... formed on the cylindrical mask M and the even-numbered illumination areas IR2002, The mask pattern used for IR2004 ... can be relatively staggered in the circumferential direction.
圖38係顯示第19實施態樣之投影光學系PL構成之圖。本實施形態之投影光學系PL,係以透鏡系2103、透鏡系2104、配置於瞳面之凹面鏡(反射光學構件)2040、偏向鏡2106、2107、以及透鏡系2108構成。 Fig. 38 is a diagram showing a configuration of a projection optical system PL in a nineteenth embodiment. The projection optical system PL of this embodiment is composed of a lens system 2103, a lens system 2104, a concave mirror (reflection optical member) 2040 disposed on a pupil surface, deflection mirrors 2106, 2107, and a lens system 2108.
本實施形態中,來自圓筒狀之光罩M之外周面上之照明區域IR之成像光束EL2,係在透鏡系2103之光軸2103a,透過-X側之一半視野射入透鏡系2103,並射入透鏡系2104(其光軸2104a與光軸2103a同軸)。通過透鏡系 2103之成像光束EL2,在凹面鏡2040(其光軸為2104a)之反射面p2004反射,在偏向鏡2106之反射面p2106a反射往-X方向,被導至透鏡系2103、2104、凹面鏡2040所形成之光路外之後,在偏向鏡2107之反射面2107a反射往-Z方向。 In this embodiment, the imaging beam EL2 from the illumination area IR on the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical mask M is on the optical axis 2103a of the lens system 2103, and enters the lens system 2103 through a half field of view on the -X side, and The incident lens system 2104 (its optical axis 2104a is coaxial with the optical axis 2103a). The imaging beam EL2 passing through the lens system 2103 is reflected on the reflective surface p2004 of the concave mirror 2040 (its optical axis is 2104a), and is reflected on the reflective surface p2106a of the deflection mirror 2106 toward the -X direction, and is guided to the lens systems 2103, 2104, and the concave mirror 2040. After the formed light path is out, it is reflected toward the -Z direction on the reflecting surface 2107a of the deflection mirror 2107.
在偏向鏡2107反射之成像光束EL2,通過透鏡系2108照射於投影區域PA。藉由以上之光路,投影光學系PL,將出現於光罩M上之照明區域IR內之光罩圖案之像成像於藉由與圖37相同之構成而被平面支承之基板P上之投影區域PA內。本實施形態之投影光學系,特別是為了以小型之系統實現放大投影,而設計成不形成中間像面。又,此投影光學系PL之圓筒狀之光罩M側之主光線EL6之延長線D2001,設定為與圓筒狀之光罩M之旋轉中心軸AX2001交叉,基板P側之主光線EL6設定為與被平面支承之基板P之表面垂直。 The imaging beam EL2 reflected by the deflector 2107 is irradiated onto the projection area PA through the lens system 2108. With the above optical path, the projection optical system PL images the image of the mask pattern appearing in the illumination region IR on the mask M on the projection region on the substrate P which is planarly supported by the same structure as in FIG. 37. Within PA. The projection optical system of this embodiment is designed not to form an intermediate image plane, in particular, to achieve a magnified projection with a small system. In addition, the extension line D2001 of the main ray EL6 of the cylindrical mask M side of the projection optical system PL is set to cross the central axis AX2001 of rotation of the cylindrical mask M, and the main ray EL6 of the substrate P side is set. It is perpendicular to the surface of the substrate P supported by the plane.
圖38中,來自照明區域IR之成像光束EL2能設計成通過賦予主要之放大倍率之透鏡系2108之光軸2108a(與Z軸平行且相對基板P為垂直)之-X側。因此,切除從透鏡系2108之光軸2108a起+X側之部分、且係對光罩圖案之投影無助益之部分。藉此,能縮小投影光學系PL之X方向(基板P之掃描方向)之尺寸。 In FIG. 38, the imaging beam EL2 from the illumination area IR can be designed to be the -X side of the optical axis 2108a (parallel to the Z axis and perpendicular to the substrate P) of the lens system 2108 that gives the main magnification. Therefore, the part from the + X side from the optical axis 2108a of the lens system 2108 is cut away, and the part is not helpful for the projection of the mask pattern. Thereby, the size of the X direction (scanning direction of the substrate P) of the projection optical system PL can be reduced.
本實施例亦與先前之圖21、圖23、圖31、圖32A、32B、圖37同樣地,照明光學系IL與光源裝置2055配置於凹面鏡2040之背側,多數個點光源像Sf生成於形成於凹面鏡2040之反射面p2004(配置於瞳面)之窗部(2042)內。在該點光源像之反射面p2004上之分布與反射面p2004內之窗部之形狀或配置,依據先前圖22所說明之條件,設定成如圖27~30、或圖33A~33C所示。 In this embodiment, as in the previous FIG. 21, FIG. 23, FIG. 31, FIG. 32A, 32B, and FIG. 37, the illumination optical system IL and the light source device 2055 are arranged on the back side of the concave mirror 2040, and a plurality of point light source images Sf are generated in It is formed in the window portion (2042) of the reflective surface p2004 (arranged on the pupil surface) of the concave mirror 2040. The distribution on the reflection surface p2004 of the point light source image and the shape or arrangement of the window portion in the reflection surface p2004 are set as shown in Figs. 27 to 30 or Figs. 33A to 33C according to the conditions described previously in Fig. 22.
如上述之各實施形態或變形例(圖12、圖21、圖34~38)中,圓筒狀之光罩M雖係假定將反射部與非反射部形成之圖案直接形成於金屬、陶瓷、 玻璃等圓筒母材之表面,但亦可係作成於平坦性佳之短條狀極薄玻璃板(例如厚度100~500μm)之一面以反射膜形成有圖案之片狀之反射型光罩,使其沿金屬性之旋轉捲筒2020外周面彎曲捲繞。 As in each of the above-mentioned embodiments or modifications (FIGS. 12, 21, and 34 to 38), the cylindrical mask M is assumed to have a pattern formed by a reflective portion and a non-reflective portion formed directly on a metal, ceramic, The surface of a cylindrical base material such as glass, but it can also be made into a sheet-shaped reflective photomask with a pattern of reflective film formed on one side of a short strip-shaped ultra-thin glass plate (for example, thickness of 100 to 500 μm) with good flatness. It is curved and wound along the outer peripheral surface of the metallic rotating reel 2020.
上述片狀之反射型光罩,亦可恆久地貼附於旋轉捲筒2020之外周面,亦可固定成能釋放(能交換)。此種片狀之反射型光罩,例如包含鋁等具有對照明光束EL1具有高反射率之材質之膜或介電體多層膜等。此情形下,旋轉捲筒2020,亦可設有吸收通過片狀之反射型光罩之透明部之照明光束EL1之遮光層(膜),該遮光層亦抑制雜光之產生。 The above-mentioned sheet-shaped reflective mask can also be permanently attached to the outer peripheral surface of the rotating reel 2020, and can also be fixed to be releasable (replaceable). Such a sheet-shaped reflective mask includes, for example, a film having a material having a high reflectance to the illumination light beam EL1 such as aluminum or a dielectric multilayer film. In this case, the rotating reel 2020 may be provided with a light-shielding layer (film) that absorbs the illumination light beam EL1 passing through the transparent portion of the sheet-shaped reflective mask, and the light-shielding layer also suppresses the generation of stray light.
又,圓筒狀之光罩M亦可係涵蓋全周僅形成有對應一個元件(一個顯示元件)之圖案者,亦可係形成有對應一個元件(一個顯示元件)之複數個圖案者。進而,圓筒狀之光罩M上之元件圖案亦可於外周面之周方向反覆配置,亦可於與旋轉中心軸AX2001平行之方向配置複數個。又,亦可於圓筒狀之光罩M設置第1元件製造用之圖案與用以製造與第1元件不同之第2元件之圖案。 In addition, the cylindrical mask M may include a pattern in which only one element (a display element) is formed on the entire circumference, or a pattern in which a plurality of patterns corresponding to one element (a display element) are formed. Furthermore, the element pattern on the cylindrical mask M may be arranged repeatedly in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral surface, or a plurality of patterns may be arranged in a direction parallel to the rotation center axis AX2001. In addition, a pattern for manufacturing a first element and a pattern for manufacturing a second element different from the first element may be provided on the cylindrical mask M.
其次,說明元件製造方法。圖39係顯示本實施形態之元件製造方法之流程圖。 Next, a device manufacturing method will be described. Fig. 39 is a flowchart showing a method for manufacturing a device according to this embodiment.
圖39所示之元件製造方法中,首先例如進行有機EL等自發光元件之顯示面板等之元件功能、性能設計,以CAD等設計必要之電路圖案或配線圖案(步驟201)。其次,根據以CAD等設計之各種層每個之圖案等元件之設計,製作必要之各層部分之光罩M(圓筒狀或平面狀)(步驟202)。又,先藉由購買或製造等準備捲有元件基材即透明膜或片、或極薄之金屬箔等基板、或作為顯示元件基材之可撓性基板(樹脂膜、金屬箔膜、塑膠等)之捲軸(步驟203)。 In the device manufacturing method shown in FIG. 39, first, for example, the function and performance design of a display panel of a self-luminous device such as an organic EL is designed, and a necessary circuit pattern or wiring pattern is designed by CAD or the like (step 201). Next, a mask M (cylindrical or planar) of each necessary layer portion is produced based on the design of each pattern and other elements of various layers designed by CAD or the like (step 202). In addition, first, a transparent substrate or a substrate with a rolled element substrate, such as a transparent film or sheet, or an extremely thin metal foil, or a flexible substrate (resin film, metal foil film, plastic, etc.) as a display element substrate is prepared by purchasing or manufacturing. Etc.) (step 203).
此外,在步驟203準備之捲軸狀之基板,亦可係視需要將其表面改質 者、事前形成有基底層(例如藉由壓印方式形成之微小凹凸)、預先積層有光感應性之功能膜或透明膜(絕緣材料)者。 In addition, the roll-shaped substrate prepared in step 203 can also be a person who has modified its surface if necessary, has a base layer formed in advance (for example, small unevenness formed by embossing), and has a pre-stacked function of light sensitivity. Film or transparent film (insulating material).
其次,將所準備之基板投入捲軸式、批次式之製造線,於該基板上形成構成顯示面板元件等元件之電極或配線、絕緣膜、半導體膜(薄膜半導體)等之TFT等所構成之底板層,以積層於該底板層之方式形成作為顯示像素部之有機EL等自發光元件之發光層(步驟204)。於步驟204典型地包含於基板上之膜上形成抗蝕劑圖案之步驟、以此抗蝕劑圖案作為光罩而蝕刻上述膜之步驟。抗蝕劑圖案之形成,係實施將抗蝕劑膜於基板表面均一地形成之步驟、依據上述各實施形態以經由光罩M而被圖案化之曝光用光使基板之抗蝕劑膜曝光之步驟、使藉由該曝光而形成有光罩圖案之潛像之步驟。 Next, the prepared substrate is put into a reel-type or batch-type manufacturing line, and electrodes or wirings constituting elements such as display panel elements, insulating films, and semiconductor films (thin-film semiconductors) such as TFTs are formed on the substrate. The bottom layer is a light-emitting layer of a self-light-emitting element such as an organic EL as a display pixel portion, which is formed by being laminated on the bottom layer (step 204). The step 204 typically includes a step of forming a resist pattern on a film on the substrate, and a step of etching the film using the resist pattern as a photomask. The formation of the resist pattern is a step of uniformly forming a resist film on the surface of the substrate, and exposing the resist film of the substrate with the exposure light patterned through the photomask M according to the above-mentioned embodiments. A step of forming a latent image with a mask pattern by the exposure.
在併用了印刷技術等之可撓性元件製造之情形,係實施於基板表面藉由塗布式形成功能性感光層(感光性矽烷耦合材)之步驟、依據上述各實施形態將經由光罩M而被圖案化之曝光用光照射於功能性感光層且於功能性感光層依據圖案形狀形成親水化之部分與撥水化之部分來形成圖案之曝光步驟、於功能性感光層之親水性高之部分塗布鍍敷基底液等並藉由無電解鍍敷析出形成金屬性之圖案之步驟等。 In the case of manufacturing a flexible element using a printing technique or the like, it is a step of forming a functional sexy light layer (photosensitive silane coupling material) on a substrate surface by a coating method. The patterned exposure light irradiates the functional sexy light layer and forms a pattern on the functional sexy light layer to form a hydrophilic part and a water-repellent part according to the pattern shape. The functional hydrophilic light layer has a high hydrophilicity. A step of partially coating a plating base liquid or the like and depositing a metallic pattern by electroless plating, etc.
又,於此步驟204,雖亦包含使用在先前各實施形態說明之曝光裝置使光阻層曝光之習知微影步驟,但亦包含對光感應性之觸媒層進行圖案曝光而藉由無電解鍍敷法形成金屬膜之圖案(配線、電極等)之濕式步驟、或者以含有銀奈米粒子之導電性墨等描繪圖案之印刷步驟等之處理。 In addition, in this step 204, although the conventional lithographic step of exposing the photoresist layer using the exposure device described in the previous embodiments is also included, it also includes pattern exposure to the photo-sensitive catalyst layer by The electrolytic plating method is a wet step of forming a pattern (wiring, electrode, etc.) of a metal film, or a printing step of drawing a pattern using a conductive ink containing silver nano particles, or the like.
其次,依據所製造之元件,就以例如捲軸方式於長條基板上連續製造之顯示元件之每一個,實施將基板切割或切斷,或將在其他步驟製造之其他基板、例如保護膜(對環境遮蔽層)、具有密封功能之片狀彩色濾光器、或薄玻璃基板等貼合於各顯示面板元件之表面等之步驟,以組裝元件(步驟205)。其次,進行顯示面板元件是否正常發揮功能、或是否滿足所欲之性能 或特性等對元件之檢查等後處理(步驟)(步驟206)。以上述方式,能製造顯示面板(可撓性顯示器)等元件。 Secondly, according to the manufactured element, each of the display elements continuously manufactured on a long substrate, such as a reel, is cut or cut, or other substrates, such as a protective film (for a protective film, to be manufactured in other steps), are implemented. Environmental shielding layer), a sheet-like color filter with a sealing function, or a thin glass substrate, etc., which are attached to the surface of each display panel element to assemble the element (step 205). Next, post-processing (step) is performed to check whether the display panel element functions normally or whether it meets the desired performance or characteristics (step 206) (step 206). In the above manner, elements such as a display panel (flexible display) can be manufactured.
此外,本發明之技術範圍並非限定於上述實施形態或變形例者。例如,亦可省略在上述實施形態或變形例中說明之構成要件之一個以上。又,在上述實施形態或變形例中說明之構成要件亦可適當組合。 In addition, the technical scope of the present invention is not limited to those described in the above embodiments or modifications. For example, one or more of the constituent elements described in the above embodiments or modifications may be omitted. In addition, the constituent elements described in the above embodiments or modifications may be appropriately combined.
Claims (10)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2011278290 | 2011-12-20 | ||
JPJP2011-278290 | 2011-12-20 | ||
JPJP2012-024058 | 2012-02-07 | ||
JP2012024058 | 2012-02-07 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201921162A true TW201921162A (en) | 2019-06-01 |
TWI691805B TWI691805B (en) | 2020-04-21 |
Family
ID=48668190
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW101144692A TWI585541B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | A substrate processing apparatus, an element manufacturing system, and an element manufacturing method |
TW106109149A TWI648601B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Substrate processing device and element manufacturing method |
TW109108967A TWI709830B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Cylinder mask exposure device |
TW107144809A TWI691805B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Component manufacturing method |
TW107144810A TWI668526B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Cylindrical mask exposure device |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW101144692A TWI585541B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | A substrate processing apparatus, an element manufacturing system, and an element manufacturing method |
TW106109149A TWI648601B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Substrate processing device and element manufacturing method |
TW109108967A TWI709830B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Cylinder mask exposure device |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW107144810A TWI668526B (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2012-11-29 | Cylindrical mask exposure device |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (6) | JP6056770B2 (en) |
KR (5) | KR101924309B1 (en) |
CN (3) | CN107255858B (en) |
TW (5) | TWI585541B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013094286A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR101924309B1 (en) * | 2011-12-20 | 2018-11-30 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Substrate processing device, device manufacturing system and device manufacturing method |
CN104428715B (en) * | 2012-07-13 | 2017-06-30 | 株式会社尼康 | Lining processor and device making method |
WO2014024594A1 (en) * | 2012-08-06 | 2014-02-13 | 株式会社ニコン | Processing apparatus and device manufacturing method |
JP6540027B2 (en) * | 2012-11-06 | 2019-07-10 | 株式会社ニコン | Substrate processing equipment |
KR101861905B1 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2018-05-28 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Substrate processing device, device manufacturing system and method for manufacturing device |
TWI709831B (en) * | 2014-09-04 | 2020-11-11 | 日商尼康股份有限公司 | Component manufacturing method |
JP6424053B2 (en) * | 2014-09-26 | 2018-11-14 | 株式会社オーク製作所 | Direct exposure system |
TW201624142A (en) * | 2014-09-26 | 2016-07-01 | Orc Mfg Co Ltd | Direct exposure apparatus |
CN106292187A (en) * | 2015-05-13 | 2017-01-04 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Exposure method |
JP6882316B2 (en) * | 2016-03-04 | 2021-06-02 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッドApplied Materials,Incorporated | Wire grid polarizing plate manufacturing method |
JP6700936B2 (en) * | 2016-04-25 | 2020-05-27 | キヤノン株式会社 | Imprint apparatus, imprint method, and article manufacturing method |
CN109564343B (en) * | 2016-07-15 | 2022-02-18 | 光场实验室公司 | Energy propagation and lateral Anderson localization using two-dimensional, light-field and holographic repeaters |
KR101856500B1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-06-21 | 재단법인 대구경북첨단의료산업진흥재단 | Manufacturing method for microfluidic chip using photomask to laser beam machining |
CN112105975A (en) | 2018-01-14 | 2020-12-18 | 光场实验室公司 | System and method for lateral energy localization using ordered structures in energy repeaters |
DE102019128198B3 (en) * | 2019-10-18 | 2021-02-25 | Laser Imaging Systems Gmbh | Device for creating a pattern by means of radiation on a wound substrate |
TWI730831B (en) * | 2020-07-02 | 2021-06-11 | 光群雷射科技股份有限公司 | Manufacturing method of brightening film in transfer manner and brightening film |
JP2022023357A (en) | 2020-07-27 | 2022-02-08 | デンカ株式会社 | Test reagent improved in deterioration of signal |
Family Cites Families (46)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE69314791T2 (en) * | 1992-06-11 | 1998-07-09 | Zed Instr Ltd | Printhead |
JP3724517B2 (en) * | 1995-01-18 | 2005-12-07 | 株式会社ニコン | Exposure equipment |
JP3287698B2 (en) * | 1994-06-23 | 2002-06-04 | キヤノン株式会社 | Scanning video device |
JP3359127B2 (en) * | 1993-10-08 | 2002-12-24 | キヤノン株式会社 | Fundus camera |
JP3448663B2 (en) * | 1994-05-13 | 2003-09-22 | 株式会社ニコン | Projection exposure equipment |
JPH0864497A (en) * | 1994-08-23 | 1996-03-08 | Nikon Corp | Projecting aligner |
JPH11219892A (en) * | 1998-02-04 | 1999-08-10 | Nikon Corp | Scanning type exposure system and measuring method of visual field stop position |
US6274294B1 (en) | 1999-02-03 | 2001-08-14 | Electroformed Stents, Inc. | Cylindrical photolithography exposure process and apparatus |
JP3376961B2 (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2003-02-17 | ウシオ電機株式会社 | Exposure equipment for positioning by moving the mask |
AU4459701A (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2001-10-15 | Nikon Corporation | Method and device for holding optical member, optical device, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
TW556044B (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2003-10-01 | Sipix Imaging Inc | Process for roll-to-roll manufacture of a display by synchronized photolithographic exposure on a substrate web |
DE10233491B4 (en) * | 2002-07-24 | 2012-12-20 | Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Ag | Compact device for imaging a printing form |
JP4218418B2 (en) * | 2003-05-23 | 2009-02-04 | ウシオ電機株式会社 | Double-sided projection exposure system for belt-like workpieces |
WO2004109357A1 (en) * | 2003-06-06 | 2004-12-16 | Nikon Corporation | Optical element holding device, lens barrel, exposing device, and device producing method |
US9307648B2 (en) * | 2004-01-21 | 2016-04-05 | Microcontinuum, Inc. | Roll-to-roll patterning of transparent and metallic layers |
US8064040B2 (en) * | 2004-03-30 | 2011-11-22 | Carl Zeiss Smt Gmbh | Projection objective, projection exposure apparatus and reflective reticle for microlithography |
JP2006098719A (en) * | 2004-09-29 | 2006-04-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Exposure apparatus |
KR101157003B1 (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2012-06-21 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Projection optical device and exposure apparatus |
US7375795B2 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2008-05-20 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby |
US8383330B2 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2013-02-26 | Fujifilm Corporation | Pattern exposure method and pattern exposure apparatus |
JP5025157B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2012-09-12 | 大日本スクリーン製造株式会社 | Image recording apparatus and image recording method |
FR2893610B1 (en) * | 2005-11-23 | 2008-07-18 | Saint Gobain | SURFACE STRUCTURING METHOD OF A GLASS PRODUCT, A STRUCTURED SURFACE GLASS PRODUCT, AND USES |
JP2007227438A (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2007-09-06 | Nikon Corp | Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and mask for light exposure |
JP4952182B2 (en) * | 2006-03-20 | 2012-06-13 | 株式会社ニコン | Scanning exposure apparatus, microdevice manufacturing method, scanning exposure method, and mask |
JP5114061B2 (en) * | 2006-04-26 | 2013-01-09 | 株式会社オーク製作所 | Projection exposure equipment |
CN100529970C (en) * | 2006-04-26 | 2009-08-19 | 株式会社Orc制作所 | Projection exposing device |
JP4984631B2 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2012-07-25 | 株式会社ニコン | EXPOSURE APPARATUS AND METHOD, EXPOSURE MASK, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD |
WO2008029917A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-03-13 | Nikon Corporation | Mask, exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method |
JP5059382B2 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2012-10-24 | ディップ株式会社 | System and method for automatically creating job history |
EP1950594A1 (en) * | 2007-01-17 | 2008-07-30 | Carl Zeiss SMT AG | Imaging optical system, projection illumination unit for microlithography with such an optical system, method for manufacturing a microstructured component with such a projection illumination unit, microstructured component produced by the manufacturing method and use of such an optical system |
DE102008002377A1 (en) * | 2007-07-17 | 2009-01-22 | Carl Zeiss Smt Ag | Illumination system and projection exposure apparatus for microlithography with such a lighting system |
JP2009032749A (en) * | 2007-07-24 | 2009-02-12 | Nikon Corp | Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method |
DE102007035387A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | Leibnitz-Institut für neue Materialien Gemeinnützige GmbH | Method and device for producing structured optical materials |
JP2009099939A (en) * | 2007-09-25 | 2009-05-07 | Dainippon Screen Mfg Co Ltd | Alignment mark forming device |
JP2009163133A (en) * | 2008-01-09 | 2009-07-23 | Nikon Corp | Exposure method and device |
US8192920B2 (en) * | 2008-04-26 | 2012-06-05 | Rolith Inc. | Lithography method |
US8034540B2 (en) * | 2008-07-31 | 2011-10-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | System and method employing secondary back exposure of flexographic plate |
US8486593B2 (en) * | 2008-12-23 | 2013-07-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Roll-to-roll digital photolithography |
US8339573B2 (en) * | 2009-05-27 | 2012-12-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method and apparatus for photoimaging a substrate |
TW201118509A (en) * | 2009-08-26 | 2011-06-01 | Nikon Corp | Exposure device, exposure method and manufacturing method for device |
JP2011203311A (en) * | 2010-03-24 | 2011-10-13 | Nikon Corp | Mask holder, cylindrical mask, exposure device, substrate processing device, and device manufacturing method |
JP5724564B2 (en) * | 2010-04-13 | 2015-05-27 | 株式会社ニコン | Mask case, mask unit, exposure apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
CN102834778A (en) * | 2010-04-13 | 2012-12-19 | 株式会社尼康 | Exposure apparatus, substrate processing apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
JP2011221536A (en) * | 2010-04-13 | 2011-11-04 | Nikon Corp | Mask moving device, exposure device, substrate processor and device manufacturing method |
KR101924309B1 (en) * | 2011-12-20 | 2018-11-30 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Substrate processing device, device manufacturing system and device manufacturing method |
KR101861905B1 (en) * | 2012-12-18 | 2018-05-28 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Substrate processing device, device manufacturing system and method for manufacturing device |
-
2012
- 2012-10-11 KR KR1020187009744A patent/KR101924309B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-10-11 CN CN201710321582.7A patent/CN107255858B/en active Active
- 2012-10-11 KR KR1020177010559A patent/KR101848590B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-10-11 KR KR1020177010558A patent/KR101849508B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-10-11 JP JP2013550164A patent/JP6056770B2/en active Active
- 2012-10-11 CN CN201280063563.4A patent/CN104011597B/en active Active
- 2012-10-11 KR KR1020187034105A patent/KR101961605B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-10-11 KR KR1020147016863A patent/KR101737680B1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-10-11 CN CN201510964816.0A patent/CN105425553B/en active Active
- 2012-10-11 WO PCT/JP2012/076326 patent/WO2013094286A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-11-29 TW TW101144692A patent/TWI585541B/en active
- 2012-11-29 TW TW106109149A patent/TWI648601B/en active
- 2012-11-29 TW TW109108967A patent/TWI709830B/en active
- 2012-11-29 TW TW107144809A patent/TWI691805B/en active
- 2012-11-29 TW TW107144810A patent/TWI668526B/en active
-
2016
- 2016-12-06 JP JP2016236579A patent/JP6323542B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-11-17 JP JP2017221826A patent/JP6512265B2/en active Active
- 2017-11-17 JP JP2017221825A patent/JP6436216B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-04-03 JP JP2019071211A patent/JP6677333B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-03-03 JP JP2020035758A patent/JP6927348B2/en active Active
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI648601B (en) | Substrate processing device and element manufacturing method | |
JP6635167B2 (en) | Projection exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method | |
JP6451826B2 (en) | Device manufacturing method and exposure method | |
KR102079793B1 (en) | Scanning exposure method | |
KR101949117B1 (en) | Scanning exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method |